1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 namespace {
132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
133   NotFound,
134   FoundNonType,
135   FoundType
136 };
137 } // namespace
138 
139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
140 /// dependent class.
141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
145                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
146                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
147   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
148     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
149   // Look for type decls in base classes.
150   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
151       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
152   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
153     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
154     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
155       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
156     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
157       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
158       // templates.
159       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
160         continue;
161       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
162       if (!TD)
163         continue;
164       auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
165           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
166       if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
167         continue;
168       BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
169     }
170     if (BaseRD) {
171       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
172         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
173           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
174         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
175       }
176       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
177         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
178         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
179           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
180         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
181           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
182           break;
183         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
184           break;
185         }
186       }
187     }
188   }
189 
190   return FoundTypeDecl;
191 }
192 
193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
194                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
195                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
196   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
197   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
198   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
199       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
200   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
201        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
202        DC = DC->getParent()) {
203     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
204     // templates.
205     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
206     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
207       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
208   }
209   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
210     return ParsedType();
211 
212   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
213   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
214   // lookup during template instantiation.
215   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
216 
217   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
218   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
219                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
220   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
221 
222   CXXScopeSpec SS;
223   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
224 
225   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
226   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
227   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
228   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
229   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
230   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
231 }
232 
233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
234 /// return the declaration of that type.
235 ///
236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
242                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
243                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
244                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
245                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
246                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
247                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
248   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
249   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
250   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
251     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
252     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
253       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
254   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
255     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
256 
257     if (!LookupCtx) {
258       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
259         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
260         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
261         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
262         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
263         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
264         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
265         //
266         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
267         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
268         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
269           return ParsedType();
270 
271         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
272         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
273         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
274           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
275 
276         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
277         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
278                                        II, NameLoc);
279         return ParsedType::make(T);
280       }
281 
282       return ParsedType();
283     }
284 
285     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
286         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
287       return ParsedType();
288   }
289 
290   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
291   // lookup for class-names.
292   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
293                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
294   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
295   if (LookupCtx) {
296     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
297     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
298     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
299     // nested-name-specifier.
300     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
301 
302     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
303       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
304       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
305       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
306       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
307       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
308       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
309       LookupName(Result, S);
310     }
311   } else {
312     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
313     LookupName(Result, S);
314 
315     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
316     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
317     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
318       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
319               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
320         return TypeInBase;
321     }
322   }
323 
324   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
325   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
326   case LookupResult::NotFound:
327   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
328     if (CorrectedII) {
329       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
330           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
331           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
332           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
333       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
334       TemplateTy Template;
335       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
336       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
337       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
338       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
339       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
340       if (SS && NNS) {
341         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
342         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
343       }
344       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
345           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
346           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
347           // is handled elsewhere).
348           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
349             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
350                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
351         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
352                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
353                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
354                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
355         if (Ty) {
356           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
357                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
358                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
359           if (SS && NNS)
360             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
361           *CorrectedII = NewII;
362           return Ty;
363         }
364       }
365     }
366     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
367   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
368   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
369     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
370     return ParsedType();
371 
372   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
373     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
374     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
375     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
376     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
377     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
378     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
379       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
380       return ParsedType();
381     }
382 
383     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
384     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
385          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
386       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
387         if (!IIDecl ||
388             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
389               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
390           IIDecl = *Res;
391       }
392     }
393 
394     if (!IIDecl) {
395       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
396       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
397       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
398       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
399       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
400       // a type name.
401       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
402       return ParsedType();
403     }
404 
405     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
406     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
407     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
408     // perform the name lookup again.
409     break;
410 
411   case LookupResult::Found:
412     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
413     break;
414   }
415 
416   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
417 
418   QualType T;
419   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
420     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
421 
422     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
423     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
424 
425     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
426     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
427     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
428     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
429       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
430         // Construct a type with type-source information.
431         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
432         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
433 
434         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
435         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
436         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
437         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
438         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
439       } else {
440         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
441       }
442     }
443   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
444     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
445     if (!HasTrailingDot)
446       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
447   }
448 
449   if (T.isNull()) {
450     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
451     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452     return ParsedType();
453   }
454   return ParsedType::make(T);
455 }
456 
457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
458 static NestedNameSpecifier *
459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
460   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
461     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
462     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
463     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
464       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
465     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
466       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
467                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
468     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
469       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
470   }
471   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
472 }
473 
474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
475                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
476   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
477   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
478   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
479 
480   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
481   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
482   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
483   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
484       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
485   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
486 
487   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
488   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
489   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
490   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
491   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
492 
493   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
494   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
495   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
496   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
497   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
498   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
499 }
500 
501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
507   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
508   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
509   LookupName(R, S, false);
510   R.suppressDiagnostics();
511   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
512     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
515       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
516       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
517       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
518       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
519       }
520     }
521 
522   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
523 }
524 
525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
529 /// @code
530 /// template<class T> class A {
531 /// public:
532 ///   typedef int TYPE;
533 /// };
534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
535 /// public:
536 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
537 /// };
538 /// @endcode
539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
540   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
541     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
542       return true;
543 
544     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
545 
546     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
547     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
548       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
549         return true;
550     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
551   }
552   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
553 }
554 
555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
556                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
557                                    Scope *S,
558                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
559                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
560                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
561   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
562   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
563 
564   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
565   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
566   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
567           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
568                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
569                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
570                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
571     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
572       // We corrected to a keyword.
573       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
574       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
575     } else {
576       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
577       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
578         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
579                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
580       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
581         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
582         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
583                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
584         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
585                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
586                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
587       } else {
588         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
589       }
590 
591       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
592       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
593         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
594                           SourceRange(IILoc));
595       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
596                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
597                                   false, ParsedType(),
598                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
599                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
600     }
601     return;
602   }
603 
604   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
605     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
606     UnqualifiedId Name;
607     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
608     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
609     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
610     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
611     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
612                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
613                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
614       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
615       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
616       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
617         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
618           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
619       }
620       return;
621     }
622   }
623 
624   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
625   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
626 
627   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
628     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
629   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
630     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
631       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
632   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
633     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
634     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
635       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
636 
637     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
638       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
639       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
640       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
641     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
642                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
643   } else {
644     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
645            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
646   }
647 }
648 
649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
650 /// or
651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
652   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
653                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
654 
655   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
656     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
657       return true;
658 
659     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
660       return true;
661   }
662 
663   return false;
664 }
665 
666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
667                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
668                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
669                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
671   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
672   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
673     StringRef FixItTagName;
674     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
675       case TTK_Class:
676         FixItTagName = "class ";
677         break;
678 
679       case TTK_Enum:
680         FixItTagName = "enum ";
681         break;
682 
683       case TTK_Struct:
684         FixItTagName = "struct ";
685         break;
686 
687       case TTK_Interface:
688         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
689         break;
690 
691       case TTK_Union:
692         FixItTagName = "union ";
693         break;
694     }
695 
696     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
697     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
698       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
699       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
700 
701     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
702          I != IEnd; ++I)
703       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
704         << Name << TagName;
705 
706     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
707     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
708     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
709     return true;
710   }
711 
712   return false;
713 }
714 
715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
717                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
718   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
719 
720   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
721   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
722 
723   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
724   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
725   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
726   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
727   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
728 }
729 
730 Sema::NameClassification
731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
732                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
733                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
734                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
735   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
736   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
737 
738   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
739     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
740                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
741   }
742 
743   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
744   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
745 
746   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
747   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
748   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
749     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
750             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
751       return TypeInBase;
752   }
753 
754   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
755   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
756   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
757   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
758   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
759     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
760     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
761       return E;
762   }
763 
764   bool SecondTry = false;
765   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
766 
767 Corrected:
768   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
769   case LookupResult::NotFound:
770     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
771     // call.
772     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
773       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
774       // FIXME: Reference?
775       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
776         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
777 
778       // C90 6.3.2.2:
779       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
780       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
781       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
782       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
783       //   the function call, the declaration
784       //
785       //     extern int identifier ();
786       //
787       //   appeared.
788       //
789       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
790       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
791         Result.addDecl(D);
792         Result.resolveKind();
793         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
794       }
795     }
796 
797     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
798     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
799     // "struct", or "union".
800     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
801         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
802       break;
803     }
804 
805     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
806     // close to this name.
807     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
808       SecondTry = true;
809       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
810                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
811                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
812                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
813         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
814         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
815 
816         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
817         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
818           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
819         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
820             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
821           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
822           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
823         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
824                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
825                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
826                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
827           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
828           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
829         }
830 
831         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
832           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
833         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
834           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
835           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
836                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
837           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
838                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
839                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
840         }
841 
842         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
843         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
844 
845         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
846         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
847           return Name;
848 
849         // Also update the LookupResult...
850         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
851         Result.clear();
852         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
853         if (FirstDecl)
854           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
855 
856         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
857         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
858         // reference the ivar.
859         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
860         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
861           Result.clear();
862           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
863           return E;
864         }
865 
866         goto Corrected;
867       }
868     }
869 
870     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
871     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
872     return NameClassification::Unknown();
873 
874   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
875     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
876     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
877     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
878 
879     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
880     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
881     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
882     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
883     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
884     //
885     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
886     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
887     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
888     // keyword here.
889     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
890                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
891                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
892   }
893 
894   case LookupResult::Found:
895   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
896   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
897     break;
898 
899   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
900     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
901         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
902       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
903       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
904       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
905       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
906       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
907       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
908       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
909       //   ambiguous.
910       //
911       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
912       // so try again after filtering out template names.
913       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
914       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
915         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
916         break;
917       }
918     }
919 
920     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
921     return NameClassification::Error();
922   }
923 
924   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
925       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
926     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
927     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
928     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
929     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
930     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
931     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
932     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
933       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
934 
935     if (!Result.empty()) {
936       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
937       bool IsVarTemplate;
938       TemplateName Template;
939       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
940         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
941         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
942                                                      Result.end());
943       } else {
944         TemplateDecl *TD
945           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
946         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
947         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
948 
949         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
950           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
951                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
952                                                       TD);
953         else
954           Template = TemplateName(TD);
955       }
956 
957       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
958         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
959         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
960         // to based on which function we selected.
961         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
962 
963         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
964       }
965 
966       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
967                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
968     }
969   }
970 
971   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
972   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
973     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
974     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
975     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
976     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
977       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
978     return ParsedType::make(T);
979   }
980 
981   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
982   if (!Class) {
983     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
984     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
985             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
986       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
987   }
988 
989   if (Class) {
990     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
991 
992     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
993       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
994       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
995       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
996       return NameClassification::Unknown();
997     }
998 
999     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1000     return ParsedType::make(T);
1001   }
1002 
1003   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1004   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1005     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1006         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1007 
1008   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1009   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1010   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1011   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1012        (NextIsOp &&
1013         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1014       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1015     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1018     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1019       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1020     return ParsedType::make(T);
1021   }
1022 
1023   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1024     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1025                                            nullptr);
1026 
1027   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1028   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1029 }
1030 
1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1032 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1035 
1036   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1037   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1038   // the context we'll need to return to.
1039   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1040   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1041   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1042   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1043   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1044   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1045   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1046   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1047   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1048   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1049     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1050 
1051     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1052     // lexical context.
1053     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1054       return DC;
1055 
1056     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1057     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1058     // class is the context we need to return to.
1059     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1060       DC = RD;
1061 
1062     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1063     // declared in.
1064     return DC;
1065   }
1066 
1067   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1068 }
1069 
1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1071   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1072       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1073   CurContext = DC;
1074   S->setEntity(DC);
1075 }
1076 
1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1078   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1079 
1080   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1081   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1082 }
1083 
1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1085                                                                     Decl *D) {
1086   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1087   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1088   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1089   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1090   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1091   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1092   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1093   return Result;
1094 }
1095 
1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1097   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1098 }
1099 
1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1102 ///
1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1104   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1105   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1106   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1107   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1108   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1109   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1110   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1111   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1112   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1113   //   namespace.
1114   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1115   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1116   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1117   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1118   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1119 
1120   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1121 
1122 #ifndef NDEBUG
1123   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1124   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1125   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1126 #endif
1127 
1128   CurContext = DC;
1129   S->setEntity(DC);
1130 }
1131 
1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1133   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1134 
1135   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1136   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1137   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1138   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1139   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1140 
1141   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1142   // disappear.
1143 }
1144 
1145 
1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1147   // We assume that the caller has already called
1148   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1149   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1150   if (!FD)
1151     return;
1152 
1153   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1154   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1155   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1156     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1157   CurContext = FD;
1158   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1159 
1160   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1161     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1162     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1163     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1164       S->AddDecl(Param);
1165       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1166     }
1167   }
1168 }
1169 
1170 
1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1172   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1173   // rather than the top-level class.
1174   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1175   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1176   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1177 }
1178 
1179 
1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1182 ///
1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1188 /// attribute.
1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1190                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1191   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1192     return true;
1193 
1194   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1195     return true;
1196 
1197   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1198           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1199 }
1200 
1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1203   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1204   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1205   // scope.
1206   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1207     S = S->getParent();
1208 
1209   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1210   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1211   // into any context.
1212   if (AddToContext)
1213     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1214 
1215   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1216   // are function-local declarations.
1217   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1218       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1219         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1220       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1221     return;
1222 
1223   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1224   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1225       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1226     return;
1227 
1228   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1229   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1230                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1231   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1232     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1233       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1234       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1235 
1236       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1237       break;
1238     }
1239   }
1240 
1241   S->AddDecl(D);
1242 
1243   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1244     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1245     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1246     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1247     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1248       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1249       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1250         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1251           continue;
1252       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1253         break;
1254     }
1255 
1256     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1257   } else {
1258     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1259   }
1260 }
1261 
1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1263   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1264     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1265 }
1266 
1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1268                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1269   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1270 }
1271 
1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1273   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1274   do {
1275     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1276       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1277         return S;
1278   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1279 
1280   return nullptr;
1281 }
1282 
1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1284                                             DeclContext*,
1285                                             ASTContext&);
1286 
1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1290                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1291                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1292   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1293   while (F.hasNext()) {
1294     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1295 
1296     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1297       continue;
1298 
1299     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1300       continue;
1301 
1302     F.erase();
1303   }
1304 
1305   F.done();
1306 }
1307 
1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1309   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1310          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1311          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1312 }
1313 
1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1316   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1317   while (F.hasNext())
1318     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1319       F.erase();
1320 
1321   F.done();
1322 }
1323 
1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1325 /// @code
1326 /// class S {
1327 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1328 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1329 /// };
1330 /// @endcode
1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1332   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1333   // the decl here.
1334   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1335     return false;
1336 
1337   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1338     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1339   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1340     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1341   return false;
1342 }
1343 
1344 // We need this to handle
1345 //
1346 // typedef struct {
1347 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1348 // } A;
1349 //
1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1355 // not.
1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1357   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1358   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1359     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1360       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1361         return true;
1362     }
1363     DC = DC->getParent();
1364   }
1365 
1366   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1367 }
1368 
1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1370 // these semantics.
1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1372   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1373     return false;
1374   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1375 }
1376 
1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1378   assert(D);
1379 
1380   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1381     return false;
1382 
1383   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1384   // of members of class templates.
1385   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1386       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1387     return false;
1388 
1389   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1390     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1391       return false;
1392 
1393     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1394       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1395         return false;
1396     } else {
1397       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1398       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1399         return false;
1400     }
1401 
1402     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1403         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1404       return false;
1405   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1406     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1407     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1408     // like "inline".)
1409     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1410       return false;
1411 
1412     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1413       return false;
1414 
1415     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1416         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1417       return false;
1418   } else {
1419     return false;
1420   }
1421 
1422   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1423   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1424   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1425   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1426 }
1427 
1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1429   if (!D)
1430     return;
1431 
1432   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1433     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1434     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1435       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1436   }
1437 
1438   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1439     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1440     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1441       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1442   }
1443 
1444   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1445     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1446 }
1447 
1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1449   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1450     return false;
1451 
1452   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1453       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1454     return false;
1455 
1456   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1457     return true;
1458 
1459   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1460   // functions.
1461   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1462   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1463     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1464     WithinFunction =
1465         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1466   if (!WithinFunction)
1467     return false;
1468 
1469   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1470     return true;
1471 
1472   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1473   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1474     return false;
1475 
1476   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1477   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1478 
1479     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1480     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1481 
1482     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1483     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1484       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1485         return false;
1486     }
1487 
1488     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1489     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1490     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1491       return false;
1492 
1493     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1494       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1495       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1496         return false;
1497 
1498       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1499         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1500           return false;
1501 
1502         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1503           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1504                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1505             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1506           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1507             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1508           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1509             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1510             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1511               return false;
1512           }
1513         }
1514       }
1515     }
1516 
1517     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1518   }
1519 
1520   return true;
1521 }
1522 
1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1524                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1525   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1526     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1527                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1528     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1529       return;
1530     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1531                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1532   }
1533   return;
1534 }
1535 
1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1537   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1538     return;
1539 
1540   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1541     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1542       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1543     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1544       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1545   }
1546 }
1547 
1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1551   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1552     return;
1553 
1554   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1555     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1556     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1557     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1558     return;
1559   }
1560 
1561   FixItHint Hint;
1562   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1563 
1564   unsigned DiagID;
1565   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1566     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1567   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1568     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1569   else
1570     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1571 
1572   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1573 }
1574 
1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1576   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1577   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1578   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1579   // MS inline assembly label name.
1580   bool Diagnose = false;
1581   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1582     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1583   else
1584     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1585   if (Diagnose)
1586     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1587 }
1588 
1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1590   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1591 
1592   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1593   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1594          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1595 
1596   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1597     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1598 
1599     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1600     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1601 
1602     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1603 
1604     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1605     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1606       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1607       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1608         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1609     }
1610 
1611     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1612     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1613       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1614 
1615     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1616     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1617   }
1618 }
1619 
1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1621 ///
1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1624 /// to the fixed name.
1625 ///
1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1627 ///
1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1629 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1630 ///
1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1632 /// class could not be found.
1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1634                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1635                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1636   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1637   // creation from this context.
1638   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1639 
1640   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1641     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1642     // find an Objective-C class name.
1643     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1644             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1645             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1646             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1647       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1648       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1649       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1650     }
1651   }
1652   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1653   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1654   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1655       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1656   return Def;
1657 }
1658 
1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1663 /// ill-formed in C++:
1664 /// @code
1665 /// struct S6 {
1666 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1667 /// };
1668 ///
1669 /// void test_S6() {
1670 ///   struct S6 a;
1671 ///   a.e = BAR;
1672 /// }
1673 /// @endcode
1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1681 /// contain non-field names.
1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1683   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1684          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1685          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1686     S = S->getParent();
1687   return S;
1688 }
1689 
1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1695                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1696   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1697     return;
1698   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1699 
1700   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1701                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1702   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1703   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1704     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1705       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1706 }
1707 
1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1709   switch (Error) {
1710   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1711     return "";
1712   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1713     return "stdio.h";
1714   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1715     return "setjmp.h";
1716   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1717     return "ucontext.h";
1718   }
1719   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1720 }
1721 
1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1723 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1725 /// built-in.
1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1727                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1728                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1729   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1730 
1731   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1732   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1733   if (Error) {
1734     if (ForRedeclaration)
1735       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1736           << getHeaderName(Error)
1737           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1738     return nullptr;
1739   }
1740 
1741   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1742     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1743       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1744       << R;
1745     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1746         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1747       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1748           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1749           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1750   }
1751 
1752   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1753   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1754     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1755         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1756                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1757     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1758     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1759     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1760   }
1761 
1762   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1763                                            Parent,
1764                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1765                                            SC_Extern,
1766                                            false,
1767                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1768   New->setImplicit();
1769 
1770   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1771   // FunctionDecl.
1772   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1773     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1774     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1775       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1776           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1777                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1778                               SC_None, nullptr);
1779       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1780       Params.push_back(parm);
1781     }
1782     New->setParams(Params);
1783   }
1784 
1785   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1786   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1787 
1788   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1789   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1790   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1791   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1792   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1793   CurContext = Parent;
1794   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1795   CurContext = SavedContext;
1796   return New;
1797 }
1798 
1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1800 /// entity if their types are the same.
1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1802 /// isSameEntity.
1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1804                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1805                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1806   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1807   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1808     return;
1809 
1810   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1811   if (Previous.empty())
1812     return;
1813 
1814   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1815   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1816     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1817 
1818     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1819     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1820       continue;
1821 
1822     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1823     // different linkages.
1824     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1825       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1826                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1827         continue;
1828 
1829       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1830       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1831       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1832           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1833         continue;
1834     }
1835 
1836     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1837       Filter.erase();
1838   }
1839 
1840   Filter.done();
1841 }
1842 
1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1844   QualType OldType;
1845   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1846     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1847   else
1848     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1849   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1850 
1851   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1852     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1853     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1854     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1855       << Kind << NewType;
1856     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1857       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1858     New->setInvalidDecl();
1859     return true;
1860   }
1861 
1862   if (OldType != NewType &&
1863       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1864       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1865       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1866     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1867     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1868       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1869     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1870       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1871     New->setInvalidDecl();
1872     return true;
1873   }
1874   return false;
1875 }
1876 
1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1881 ///
1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1883   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1884   // merging checks.
1885   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1886 
1887   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1888   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1889   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1890     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1891     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1892     default: break;
1893     case 2:
1894       {
1895         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1896           break;
1897         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1898         if (!T->isPointerType())
1899           break;
1900         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1901           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1902           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1903             break;
1904         }
1905         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1906         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1907         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1908         return;
1909       }
1910     case 5:
1911       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1912         break;
1913       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1914       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1915       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1916       return;
1917     case 3:
1918       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1919         break;
1920       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1921       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1922       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1923       return;
1924     }
1925     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1926   }
1927 
1928   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1929   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1930   if (!Old) {
1931     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1932       << New->getDeclName();
1933 
1934     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1935     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1936       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1937 
1938     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1939   }
1940 
1941   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1942   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1943     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1944 
1945   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1946     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
1947     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
1948     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
1949     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
1950         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1951         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
1952       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
1953       // instead of our tag.
1954       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
1955       if (OldTD->isModed())
1956         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
1957                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
1958       else
1959         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
1960 
1961       // Make the old tag definition visible.
1962       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
1963     }
1964   }
1965 
1966   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1967   // with any extensions enabled.
1968   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1969     return;
1970 
1971   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1972   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1973   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1974     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1975     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1976   }
1977 
1978   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1979     return;
1980 
1981   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1982     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1983     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1984     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1985     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1986     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1987       return;
1988 
1989     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1990     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1991     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1992     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1993     //
1994     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1995     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1996     //
1997     //   struct S {
1998     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1999     //   };
2000     //
2001     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2002     // allow the above but disallow
2003     //
2004     //   struct S {
2005     //     typedef int I;
2006     //     typedef int I;
2007     //   };
2008     //
2009     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2010     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2011       return;
2012 
2013     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2014       << New->getDeclName();
2015     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2016     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2017   }
2018 
2019   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2020   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2021     return;
2022 
2023   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2024   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2025   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2026   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2027   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2028       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2029        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2030     return;
2031 
2032   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2033     << New->getDeclName();
2034   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2035 }
2036 
2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2038 /// attribute.
2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2040   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2041   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2042   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2043     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2044       if (Ann) {
2045         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2046           return true;
2047         continue;
2048       }
2049       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2050       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2051         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2052       return true;
2053     }
2054 
2055   return false;
2056 }
2057 
2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2059   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2060     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2061   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2062     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2063   return true;
2064 }
2065 
2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2068 ///
2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2071   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2072   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2073   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2074   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2075   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2076   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2077     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2078     // in a case like:
2079     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2080     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2081     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2082     // definition in such a case.
2083     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2084       return false;
2085 
2086     if (I->isAlignas())
2087       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2088 
2089     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2090     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2091       OldAlign = Align;
2092       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2093     }
2094   }
2095 
2096   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2097   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2098   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2099   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2100     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2101       return false;
2102 
2103     if (I->isAlignas())
2104       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2105 
2106     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2107     if (Align > NewAlign)
2108       NewAlign = Align;
2109   }
2110 
2111   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2112     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2113     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2114     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2115     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2116 
2117     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2118     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2119     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2120       QualType Ty;
2121       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2122         Ty = VD->getType();
2123       else
2124         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2125 
2126       if (OldAlign == 0)
2127         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2128       if (NewAlign == 0)
2129         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2130     }
2131 
2132     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2133       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2134         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2135         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2136       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2137     }
2138   }
2139 
2140   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2141     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2142     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2143     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2144     //   equivalent alignment.
2145     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2146     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2147     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2148     //   have no alignment specifier.
2149     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2150       << OldAlignasAttr;
2151     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2152       << OldAlignasAttr;
2153   }
2154 
2155   bool AnyAdded = false;
2156 
2157   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2158   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2159     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2160     Clone->setInherited(true);
2161     New->addAttr(Clone);
2162     AnyAdded = true;
2163   }
2164 
2165   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2166   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2167       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2168     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2169     Clone->setInherited(true);
2170     New->addAttr(Clone);
2171     AnyAdded = true;
2172   }
2173 
2174   return AnyAdded;
2175 }
2176 
2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2178                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2179   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2180   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2181   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2182     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2183                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2184                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2185                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2186                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2187   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2188     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2189                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2190   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2191     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2192                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2193   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2194     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2195                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2196   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2197     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2198                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2199   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2200     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2201                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2202                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2203   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2204     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2205                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2206   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2207     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2208                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2209                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2210   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2211     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2212                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2213                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2214   else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2215     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2216   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2217     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2218   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2219     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2220     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2221     NewAttr = nullptr;
2222   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2223     NewAttr = nullptr;
2224   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2225     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2226 
2227   if (NewAttr) {
2228     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2229     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2230     return true;
2231   }
2232 
2233   return false;
2234 }
2235 
2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2237   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2238     return TD->getDefinition();
2239   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2240     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2241     if (Def)
2242       return Def;
2243     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2244   }
2245   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2246     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2247     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2248       return Def;
2249   }
2250   return nullptr;
2251 }
2252 
2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2254   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2255     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2256       return true;
2257   return false;
2258 }
2259 
2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2263   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2264     return;
2265 
2266   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2267   if (!Def || Def == New)
2268     return;
2269 
2270   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2271   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2272     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2273 
2274     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2275       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2276         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2277       else {
2278         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2279         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2280                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2281                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2282                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2283         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2284         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2285         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2286       }
2287       ++I;
2288       continue;
2289     }
2290 
2291     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2292       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2293       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2294         ++I;
2295         continue;
2296       }
2297     }
2298 
2299     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2300       ++I;
2301       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2302     }
2303 
2304     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2305       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2306       ++I;
2307       continue;
2308     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2309       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2310         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2311         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2312         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2313         //   equivalent alignment.
2314         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2315         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2316         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2317         //   have no alignment specifier.
2318         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2319           << AA;
2320         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2321           << AA;
2322         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2323         --E;
2324         continue;
2325       }
2326     }
2327 
2328     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2329            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2330     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2331     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2332     --E;
2333   }
2334 }
2335 
2336 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2337 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2338                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2339   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2340     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2341     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2342     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2343   }
2344 
2345   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2346     return;
2347 
2348   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2349   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2350 
2351   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2352     return;
2353 
2354   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2355 
2356   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2357   // we process them.
2358   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2359 
2360   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2361     bool Override = false;
2362     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2363     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2364         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2365         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2366       switch (AMK) {
2367       case AMK_None:
2368         continue;
2369 
2370       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2371         break;
2372 
2373       case AMK_Override:
2374         Override = true;
2375         break;
2376       }
2377     }
2378 
2379     // Already handled.
2380     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2381       continue;
2382 
2383     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2384       foundAny = true;
2385   }
2386 
2387   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2388     foundAny = true;
2389 
2390   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2391 }
2392 
2393 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2394 /// to the new one.
2395 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2396                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2397                                      Sema &S) {
2398   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2399   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2400   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2401   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2402   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2403   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2404     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2405            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2406     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2407     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2408     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2409       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2410     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2411       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2412     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2413            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2414   }
2415 
2416   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2417     return;
2418 
2419   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2420 
2421   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2422   // done before we process them.
2423   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2424 
2425   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2426     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2427       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2428         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2429       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2430       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2431       foundAny = true;
2432     }
2433   }
2434 
2435   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2436 }
2437 
2438 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2439                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2440                                 Sema &S) {
2441   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2442     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2443       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2444         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2445           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2446                *Newnullability,
2447                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2448                 != 0))
2449           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2450                *Oldnullability,
2451                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2452                 != 0));
2453         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2454       }
2455     } else {
2456       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2457       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2458                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2459                          NewT, NewT);
2460       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2461     }
2462   }
2463 }
2464 
2465 namespace {
2466 
2467 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2468 /// C.
2469 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2470   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2471   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2472   QualType PromotedType;
2473 };
2474 
2475 }
2476 
2477 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2478 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2479   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2480     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2481       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2482 
2483     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2484       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2485 
2486     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2487       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2488   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2489     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2490   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2491     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2492   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2493     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2494   }
2495 
2496   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2497 }
2498 
2499 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2500 // declaration, or a declaration.
2501 template <typename T>
2502 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2503 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2504   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2505   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2506   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2507     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2508   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2509     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2510     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2511       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2512   } else
2513     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2514   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2515 }
2516 
2517 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2518 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2519 /// GNU89 mode.
2520 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2521                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2522   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2523           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2524           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2525           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2526 }
2527 
2528 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2529   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2530   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2531     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2532   return AT;
2533 }
2534 
2535 template <typename T>
2536 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2537   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2538   if (DC->isRecord())
2539     return false;
2540 
2541   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2542   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2543     return true;
2544   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2545     return true;
2546   return false;
2547 }
2548 
2549 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2550 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2551 
2552 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2553 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2554 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2555 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2556 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2557                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2558   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2559   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2560   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2561   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2562   //      and function templates; or
2563   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2564   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2565   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2566   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2567   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2568 
2569   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2570   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2571   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2572   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2573   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2574 
2575   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2576   if (Old &&
2577       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2578           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2579       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2580     Old = nullptr;
2581 
2582   if (!Old) {
2583     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2584     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2585     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2586     return true;
2587   }
2588   return false;
2589 }
2590 
2591 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2592 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2593 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2594 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2595 ///
2596 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2597 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2598 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2599 /// merged with.
2600 ///
2601 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2602 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2603                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2604   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2605   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2606   if (!Old) {
2607     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2608       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2609         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2610         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2611              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2612         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2613              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2614         return true;
2615       }
2616 
2617       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2618       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2619         return true;
2620       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2621     } else {
2622       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2623         << New->getDeclName();
2624       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2625       return true;
2626     }
2627   }
2628 
2629   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2630   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2631     return true;
2632 
2633   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2634   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2635   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2636       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2637 
2638   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2639   // is an extern inline function.
2640   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2641   // storage classes.
2642   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2643       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2644       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2645       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2646       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2647     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2648       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2649       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2650     } else {
2651       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2652       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2653       return true;
2654     }
2655   }
2656 
2657 
2658   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2659   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2660   // convention of the first.
2661   //
2662   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2663   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2664   //
2665   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2666   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2667   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2668   //
2669   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2670   // other tests to run.
2671   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2672   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2673   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2674   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2675   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2676   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2677   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2678 
2679   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2680     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2681     const FunctionType *FT =
2682         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2683     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2684     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2685     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2686       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2687       // there but not here.
2688       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2689       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2690     } else {
2691       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2692       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2693       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2694         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2695         << !FirstCCExplicit
2696         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2697             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2698 
2699       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2700       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2701       return true;
2702     }
2703   }
2704 
2705   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2706   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2707     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2708     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2709   }
2710 
2711   // Merge regparm attribute.
2712   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2713       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2714     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2715       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2716         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2717         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2718       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2719       return true;
2720     }
2721 
2722     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2723     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2724   }
2725 
2726   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2727   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2728     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2729       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2730       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2731       return true;
2732     }
2733 
2734     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2735     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2736   }
2737 
2738   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2739     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2740     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2741     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2742     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2743     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2744   }
2745 
2746   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2747   // UndefinedButUsed.
2748   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2749       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2750       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2751       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2752       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2753     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2754                                            SourceLocation()));
2755 
2756   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2757   // about it.
2758   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2759       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2760     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2761   }
2762 
2763   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2764     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2765     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2766     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2767     //        cannot be overloaded.
2768 
2769     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2770     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2771     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2772     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2773     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2774     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2775         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2776              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2777              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2778     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2779         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2780              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2781              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2782     QualType ResQT;
2783     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2784         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2785           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2786       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2787           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2788         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2789       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2790         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2791           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2792               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2793         else
2794           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2795               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2796         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2797                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2798         return true;
2799       }
2800       else
2801         NewQType = ResQT;
2802     }
2803 
2804     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2805     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2806     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2807       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2808       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2809       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2810       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2811         New->setType(
2812             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2813                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2814                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2815         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2816             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2817                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2818                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2819       }
2820     }
2821 
2822     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2823     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2824     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2825       // Preserve triviality.
2826       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2827 
2828       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2829       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2830       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2831       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2832                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2833                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2834       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2835 
2836       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2837           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2838         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2839         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2840         //       is a static member function declaration.
2841         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2842           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2843           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2844           return true;
2845         }
2846 
2847         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2848         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2849         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2850         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2851         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2852           unsigned NewDiag;
2853           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2854             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2855           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2856             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2857           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2858             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2859           else
2860             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2861 
2862           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2863         } else {
2864           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2865             << New << New->getType();
2866         }
2867         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2868         return true;
2869 
2870       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2871       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2872       //
2873       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2874       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2875       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2876         if (isFriend) {
2877           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2878         } else {
2879           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2880                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2881             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2882           return true;
2883         }
2884       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2885         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2886              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2887           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2888         return true;
2889       }
2890     }
2891 
2892     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2893     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2894     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2895     //   attribute.
2896     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2897     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2898       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2899       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2900            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2901     }
2902 
2903     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2904     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2905     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2906     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2907     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2908     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2909       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2910            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2911       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2912            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2913     }
2914 
2915     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2916     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2917     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2918     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2919 
2920     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2921     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2922     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2923       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2924       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2925         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2926       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2927       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2928     }
2929 
2930     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2931       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2932       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2933       //
2934       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2935       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2936       // linkage within class scope.
2937       //
2938       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2939       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2940         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2941         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2942       } else {
2943         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2944         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2945         return true;
2946       }
2947     }
2948 
2949     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2950       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2951 
2952     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2953         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2954       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2955       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2956       // when we instantiate the function.
2957       return false;
2958     }
2959 
2960     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2961   }
2962 
2963   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2964   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2965   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2966       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2967     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2968     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2969     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2970     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2971         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2972       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2973       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2974       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2975       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2976       NewQType =
2977           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2978                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2979       New->setType(NewQType);
2980       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2981 
2982       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2983       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2984       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2985         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2986                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2987                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2988                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2989         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2990         Param->setImplicit();
2991         Params.push_back(Param);
2992       }
2993 
2994       New->setParams(Params);
2995     }
2996 
2997     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2998   }
2999 
3000   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3001   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3002   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3003   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3004   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3005   // the prototype.
3006   //
3007   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3008   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3009   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3010   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3011   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3012       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3013       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3014       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3015     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3016     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3017     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3018       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3019     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3020       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3021 
3022     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3023     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3024                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3025     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3026     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3027          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3028       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3029       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3030       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3031                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3032         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3033       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3034                                             NewParm->getType(),
3035                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3036         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3037                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3038         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3039         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3040       } else
3041         LooseCompatible = false;
3042     }
3043 
3044     if (LooseCompatible) {
3045       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3046         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3047              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3048           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3049           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3050         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3051           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3052                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3053       }
3054 
3055       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3056         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3057                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3058       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3059     }
3060 
3061     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3062   }
3063 
3064   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3065   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3066 
3067   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3068   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3069   unsigned BuiltinID;
3070   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3071     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3072     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3073     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3074       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3075       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3076         << Old << Old->getType();
3077 
3078       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3079       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3080       //
3081       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3082       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3083       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3084       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3085       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3086       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3087         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3088 
3089       return false;
3090     }
3091 
3092     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3093   }
3094 
3095   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3096   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3097   return true;
3098 }
3099 
3100 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3101 /// known to be compatible.
3102 ///
3103 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3104 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3105 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3106 /// redeclaration of Old.
3107 ///
3108 /// \returns false
3109 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3110                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3111   // Merge the attributes
3112   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3113 
3114   // Merge "pure" flag.
3115   if (Old->isPure())
3116     New->setPure();
3117 
3118   // Merge "used" flag.
3119   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3120     New->setIsUsed();
3121 
3122   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3123   // declarations.
3124   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3125       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3126         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3127         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3128         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3129         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3130       }
3131 
3132   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3133     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3134 
3135   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3136   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3137   // was visible.
3138   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3139   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3140     New->setType(Merged);
3141 
3142   return false;
3143 }
3144 
3145 
3146 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3147                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3148 
3149   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3150   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3151     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3152                                                    : AMK_Override;
3153   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3154 
3155   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3156   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3157                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3158   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3159          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3160        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3161     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3162 
3163   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3164 }
3165 
3166 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3167 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3168 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3169 ///
3170 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3171 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3172 /// is attached.
3173 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3174                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3175   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3176     return;
3177 
3178   QualType MergedT;
3179   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3180     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3181       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3182       return;
3183     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3184       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3185       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3186     }
3187     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3188     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3189     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3190     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3191     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3192     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3193              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3194       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3195       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3196       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3197                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3198         MergedT = New->getType();
3199     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3200                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3201       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3202       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3203       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3204                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3205         MergedT = Old->getType();
3206     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3207                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3208       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3209                                               Old->getType());
3210     }
3211   } else {
3212     // C 6.2.7p2:
3213     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3214     //   compatible type.
3215     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3216   }
3217   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3218     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3219     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3220     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3221     // equivalent.
3222     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3223     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3224          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3225       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3226       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3227       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3228       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3229         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3230       return;
3231     }
3232 
3233     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3234     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3235     //
3236     //   extern int arr[];
3237     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3238     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3239     //
3240     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3241     // to diagnose it.
3242     Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3243                                  ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3244                                  : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3245         << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3246 
3247     diag::kind PrevDiag;
3248     SourceLocation OldLocation;
3249     std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3250         getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3251     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3252     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3253   }
3254 
3255   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3256   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3257   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3258     New->setType(MergedT);
3259 }
3260 
3261 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3262                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3263   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3264   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3265   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3266   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3267   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3268   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3269   //
3270   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3271   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3272     return false;
3273 
3274   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3275     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3276     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3277     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3278     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3279     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3280            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3281             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3282   } else {
3283     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3284     // type unless we're in the same function.
3285     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3286            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3287   }
3288 }
3289 
3290 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3291 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3292 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3293 ///
3294 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3295 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3296 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3297 ///
3298 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3299   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3300   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3301     return;
3302 
3303   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3304 
3305   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3306   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3307   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3308   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3309     if (NewTemplate) {
3310       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3311       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3312 
3313       if (auto *Shadow =
3314               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3315         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3316           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3317     } else {
3318       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3319 
3320       if (auto *Shadow =
3321               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3322         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3323           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3324     }
3325   }
3326   if (!Old) {
3327     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3328       << New->getDeclName();
3329     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3330          diag::note_previous_definition);
3331     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3332   }
3333 
3334   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3335     return;
3336 
3337   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3338   if (NewTemplate &&
3339       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3340                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3341                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3342     return;
3343 
3344   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3345   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3346   //
3347   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3348   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3349     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3350       << New->getIdentifier();
3351     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3352     New->setInvalidDecl();
3353   }
3354 
3355   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3356   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3357   // declaration
3358   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3359       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3360       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3361     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3362     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3363     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3364     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3365   }
3366 
3367   // Merge the types.
3368   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3369   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3370     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3371                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3372     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3373       return;
3374   }
3375 
3376   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3377   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3378     return;
3379 
3380   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3381   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3382   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3383       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3384 
3385   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3386   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3387       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3388       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3389     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3390       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3391           << New->getDeclName();
3392       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3393     } else {
3394       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3395           << New->getDeclName();
3396       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3397       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3398     }
3399   }
3400   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3401   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3402   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3403   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3404   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3405   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3406   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3407   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3408   //   identifier has external linkage.
3409   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3410     /* Okay */;
3411   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3412            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3413            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3414     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3415     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3416     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3417   }
3418 
3419   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3420   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3421       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3422     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3423     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3424     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3425   }
3426   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3427       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3428     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3429     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3430     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3431   }
3432 
3433   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3434 
3435   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3436   // need to check for mismatches.
3437   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3438       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3439       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3440         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3441     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3442     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3443     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3444   }
3445 
3446   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3447     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3448       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3449       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3450     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3451       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3452       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3453     } else {
3454       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3455       // static and dynamic initialization.
3456       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3457       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3458       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3459         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3460       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3461     }
3462   }
3463 
3464   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3465   VarDecl *Def;
3466   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3467       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3468       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3469     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
3470     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
3471         (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3472          New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3473          New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3474          New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3475       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3476       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
3477     } else {
3478       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3479       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3480       New->setInvalidDecl();
3481       return;
3482     }
3483   }
3484 
3485   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3486     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3487     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3488     New->setInvalidDecl();
3489     return;
3490   }
3491 
3492   // Merge "used" flag.
3493   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3494     New->setIsUsed();
3495 
3496   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3497   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3498   if (NewTemplate)
3499     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3500 
3501   // Inherit access appropriately.
3502   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3503   if (NewTemplate)
3504     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3505 }
3506 
3507 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3508 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3509 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3510                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3511   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3512 }
3513 
3514 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3515 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3516 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3517 // compatibility.
3518 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3519 // targeted.
3520 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3521   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3522              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3523              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3524 }
3525 
3526 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3527   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3528     return;
3529 
3530   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3531     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3532     // it is anonymous.
3533     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3534       return;
3535     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3536         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3537     Context.setManglingNumber(
3538         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3539                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3540     return;
3541   }
3542 
3543   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3544   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3545   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3546           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3547     Context.setManglingNumber(
3548         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3549                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3550   }
3551 }
3552 
3553 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3554                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3555   // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
3556   // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
3557   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier())
3558     return;
3559   if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3560     return;
3561 
3562   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3563   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3564 
3565   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3566   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3567                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec)))
3568     return;
3569 
3570   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3571   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3572   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3573   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3574   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3575   // for how to handle it.
3576   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3577     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3578 
3579     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3580     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3581 
3582     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3583     textToInsert += ' ';
3584     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3585     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3586         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3587     return;
3588   }
3589 
3590   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3591   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3592 }
3593 
3594 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3595   switch (T) {
3596   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3597     return 0;
3598   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3599     return 1;
3600   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3601     return 2;
3602   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3603     return 3;
3604   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3605     return 4;
3606   default:
3607     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3608   }
3609 }
3610 
3611 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3612 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3613 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3614 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3615                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3616                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3617                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3618   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3619   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3620   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3621       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3622       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3623       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3624       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3625     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3626 
3627     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3628       return nullptr;
3629 
3630     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3631     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3632     // it's a Type.
3633     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3634       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3635     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3636       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3637   }
3638 
3639   if (Tag) {
3640     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3641     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3642     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3643       return Tag;
3644   }
3645 
3646   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3647     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3648     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3649     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3650       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3651            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3652            << DS.getSourceRange();
3653   }
3654 
3655   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3656     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3657     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3658     if (Tag)
3659       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3660           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3661     else
3662       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3663     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3664     return TagD;
3665   }
3666 
3667   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3668 
3669   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3670     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3671     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3672     if (TagD && !Tag)
3673       return nullptr;
3674     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3675   }
3676 
3677   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3678   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3679     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3680   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3681       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3682     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3683     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3684     // or an explicit specialization.
3685     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3686     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3687         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3688     return nullptr;
3689   }
3690 
3691   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3692   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3693 
3694   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3695   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3696     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3697         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3698       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3699           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3700         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3701                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3702 
3703       DeclaresAnything = false;
3704     }
3705   }
3706 
3707   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3708   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3709   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3710   //
3711   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3712   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3713   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3714       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3715     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3716     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3717     //   struct STRUCT;
3718     //   union UNION;
3719     // and
3720     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3721     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3722     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3723         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3724       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3725       if (Tag)
3726         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3727       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3728                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3729         Record = RT->getDecl();
3730       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3731         Record = UT->getDecl();
3732 
3733       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3734         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3735           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3736         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3737       }
3738 
3739       DeclaresAnything = false;
3740     }
3741   }
3742 
3743   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3744   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3745       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3746     return TagD;
3747 
3748   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3749       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3750     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3751       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3752           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3753         DeclaresAnything = false;
3754 
3755   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3756     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3757     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3758       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3759         << DS.getSourceRange();
3760     else
3761       DeclaresAnything = false;
3762   }
3763 
3764   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3765       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3766     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3767       << Tag->getTagKind()
3768       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3769 
3770   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3771 
3772   // C 6.7/2:
3773   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3774   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3775   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3776   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3777   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3778   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3779   //   previous declaration.
3780   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3781     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3782     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3783     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3784     return TagD;
3785   }
3786 
3787   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3788   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3789   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3790   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3791   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3792   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3793   //
3794   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3795   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3796   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3797     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3798 
3799   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3800   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3801   // useless.
3802   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3803     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3804       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3805       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3806       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3807     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3808       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3809         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3810   }
3811 
3812   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3813     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3814       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3815   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3816     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3817       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3818     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3819       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3820     // Restrict is covered above.
3821     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3822       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3823   }
3824 
3825   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3826   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3827   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3828   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3829     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3830     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3831         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3832         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3833         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3834         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3835       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
3836            attrs = attrs->getNext())
3837         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3838             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
3839     }
3840   }
3841 
3842   return TagD;
3843 }
3844 
3845 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3846 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3847 ///
3848 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3849 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3850                                          Scope *S,
3851                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3852                                          DeclarationName Name,
3853                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3854                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3855   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3856                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3857   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3858 
3859   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3860     return false;
3861 
3862   // Pick a representative declaration.
3863   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3864   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3865 
3866   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3867     return false;
3868 
3869   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3870   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3871 
3872   return true;
3873 }
3874 
3875 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3876 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3877 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3878 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3879 /// struct, e.g.,
3880 ///
3881 /// @code
3882 /// union {
3883 ///   int i;
3884 ///   float f;
3885 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3886 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3887 /// @endcode
3888 ///
3889 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3890 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3891 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3892                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3893                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3894                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3895                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3896                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3897   unsigned diagKind
3898     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3899                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3900 
3901   bool Invalid = false;
3902 
3903   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3904   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3905     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3906         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3907       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3908       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3909                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3910         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3911         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3912         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3913         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3914         Invalid = true;
3915       } else {
3916         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3917         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3918         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3919         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3920         //   anonymous union is declared.
3921         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3922         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3923           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
3924         else
3925           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3926 
3927         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3928         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3929           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3930         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3931           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3932 
3933         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3934             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3935             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3936 
3937         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3938           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3939 
3940         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3941         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3942         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3943 
3944         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3945         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3946 
3947         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3948       }
3949     }
3950   }
3951 
3952   return Invalid;
3953 }
3954 
3955 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3956 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3957 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3958 static StorageClass
3959 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3960   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3961   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3962          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3963   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3964   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3965   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3966     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3967       return SC_None;
3968     return SC_Extern;
3969   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3970   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3971   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3972   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3973     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3974   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3975   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3976   }
3977   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3978 }
3979 
3980 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3981   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3982 
3983   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3984     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3985     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3986       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3987     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3988       return FD->getLocation();
3989   }
3990 
3991   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3992 }
3993 
3994 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3995                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3996   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3997     return;
3998 
3999   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4000   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4001 }
4002 
4003 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4004                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4005   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4006     return;
4007 
4008   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4009 }
4010 
4011 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4012 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4013 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4014 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4015 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4016                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4017                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4018                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4019   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4020 
4021   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4022   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4023     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4024   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4025     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4026   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4027     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4028 
4029   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4030   // structs/unions.
4031   bool Invalid = false;
4032   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4033     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4034     unsigned DiagID;
4035     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4036       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4037       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4038       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4039       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4040           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4041            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4042             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4043         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4044           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4045 
4046         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4047         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4048                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4049       }
4050       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4051       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4052       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4053       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4054                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4055         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4056              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4057           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4058 
4059         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4060         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4061                                SourceLocation(),
4062                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4063       }
4064     }
4065 
4066     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4067     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4068       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4069         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4070           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4071           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4072       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4073         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4074              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4075           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4076           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4077       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4078         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4079              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4080           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4081           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4082       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4083         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4084              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4085           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4086           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4087 
4088       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4089     }
4090 
4091     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4092     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4093     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4094     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4095     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4096       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4097         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4098         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4099         //   members (clause 11).
4100         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4101         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4102           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4103             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4104           Invalid = true;
4105         }
4106 
4107         // C++ [class.union]p1
4108         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4109         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4110         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4111         //   array of such objects.
4112         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4113           Invalid = true;
4114       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4115         // Any implicit members are fine.
4116       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4117         // This is a type that showed up in an
4118         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4119         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4120         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4121       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4122         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4123             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4124           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4125           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4126             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4127               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4128           else {
4129             // This is a nested type declaration.
4130             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4131               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4132             Invalid = true;
4133           }
4134         } else {
4135           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4136           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4137           // not part of standard C++.
4138           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4139                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4140             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4141         }
4142       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4143         // Any access specifier is fine.
4144       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4145         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4146       } else {
4147         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4148         // member. Complain about it.
4149         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4150         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4151           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4152         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4153           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4154         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4155           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4156 
4157         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4158         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4159             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4160           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4161             << (int)Record->isUnion();
4162         else {
4163           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
4164               << (int)Record->isUnion();
4165           Invalid = true;
4166         }
4167       }
4168     }
4169 
4170     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4171     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4172     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4173     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4174         Owner->isRecord())
4175       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4176                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4177   }
4178 
4179   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4180     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4181       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4182     Invalid = true;
4183   }
4184 
4185   // Mock up a declarator.
4186   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4187   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4188   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4189 
4190   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4191   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4192   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4193     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4194                              DS.getLocStart(),
4195                              Record->getLocation(),
4196                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4197                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4198                              TInfo,
4199                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4200                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4201     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4202     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4203       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4204   } else {
4205     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4206     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4207     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4208       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4209       // an error here
4210       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4211       Invalid = true;
4212       SC = SC_None;
4213     }
4214 
4215     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4216                            DS.getLocStart(),
4217                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4218                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4219                            TInfo, SC);
4220 
4221     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4222     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4223     // initializer:
4224     //   union { int n = 0; };
4225     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4226   }
4227   Anon->setImplicit();
4228 
4229   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4230   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4231 
4232   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4233   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4234   // its members.
4235   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4236 
4237   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4238   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4239   // purposes.
4240   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4241   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4242 
4243   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4244                                           Chain, false))
4245     Invalid = true;
4246 
4247   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4248     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4249       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4250       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4251               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4252         Context.setManglingNumber(
4253             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4254                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4255         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4256       }
4257     }
4258   }
4259 
4260   if (Invalid)
4261     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4262 
4263   return Anon;
4264 }
4265 
4266 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4267 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4268 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4269 /// Example:
4270 ///
4271 /// struct A { int a; };
4272 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4273 ///
4274 /// void foo() {
4275 ///   B var;
4276 ///   var.a = 3;
4277 /// }
4278 ///
4279 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4280                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4281   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4282 
4283   // Mock up a declarator.
4284   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4285   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4286   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4287 
4288   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4289   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4290 
4291   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4292   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4293                              ParentDecl,
4294                              DS.getLocStart(),
4295                              DS.getLocStart(),
4296                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4297                              RecTy,
4298                              TInfo,
4299                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4300                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4301   Anon->setImplicit();
4302 
4303   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4304   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4305 
4306   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4307   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4308   // purposes.
4309   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4310   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4311 
4312   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4313   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4314                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4315       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4316                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4317     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4318     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4319   }
4320 
4321   return Anon;
4322 }
4323 
4324 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4325 /// given Declarator.
4326 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4327   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4328 }
4329 
4330 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4331 DeclarationNameInfo
4332 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4333   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4334   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4335 
4336   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4337 
4338   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4339   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4340     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4341     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4342     return NameInfo;
4343 
4344   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4345     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4346                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4347     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4348     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4349       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4350     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4351       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4352     return NameInfo;
4353 
4354   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4355     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4356                                                            Name.Identifier));
4357     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4358     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4359     return NameInfo;
4360 
4361   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4362     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4363     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4364     if (Ty.isNull())
4365       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4366     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4367                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4368     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4369     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4370     return NameInfo;
4371   }
4372 
4373   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4374     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4375     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4376     if (Ty.isNull())
4377       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4378     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4379                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4380     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4381     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4382     return NameInfo;
4383   }
4384 
4385   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4386     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4387     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4388     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4389     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4390     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4391       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4392 
4393     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4394     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4395 
4396     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4397     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4398     // was qualified.
4399 
4400     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4401                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4402     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4403     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4404     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4405     return NameInfo;
4406   }
4407 
4408   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4409     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4410     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4411     if (Ty.isNull())
4412       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4413     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4414                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4415     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4416     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4417     return NameInfo;
4418   }
4419 
4420   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4421     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4422     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4423     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4424   }
4425 
4426   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4427 
4428   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4429 }
4430 
4431 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4432   do {
4433     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4434       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4435     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4436       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4437     else
4438       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4439   } while (true);
4440 }
4441 
4442 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4443 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4444 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4445 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4446 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4447 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4448 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4449 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4450                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4451                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4452                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4453   Params.clear();
4454   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4455     return false;
4456   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4457     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4458     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4459 
4460     // The parameter types are identical
4461     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4462       continue;
4463 
4464     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4465     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4466     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4467     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4468 
4469     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4470         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4471       Params.push_back(Idx);
4472     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4473       return false;
4474   }
4475 
4476   return true;
4477 }
4478 
4479 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4480 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4481 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4482 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4483 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4484 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4485                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4486   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4487   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4488   //   - types which will become injected class names
4489   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4490   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4491   // few cases here.
4492 
4493   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4494   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4495   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4496   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4497   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4498   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4499     // Grab the type from the parser.
4500     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4501     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4502     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4503 
4504     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4505     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4506     // attached already.
4507     if (!TSI)
4508       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4509 
4510     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4511     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4512     if (!TSI) return true;
4513 
4514     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4515     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4516     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4517     break;
4518   }
4519 
4520   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4521   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4522     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4523     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4524     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4525     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4526     break;
4527   }
4528 
4529   default:
4530     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4531     break;
4532   }
4533 
4534   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4535   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4536     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4537 
4538     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4539     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4540     // pointer.
4541     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4542       continue;
4543 
4544     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4545     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4546     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4547       return true;
4548   }
4549 
4550   return false;
4551 }
4552 
4553 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4554   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4555   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4556 
4557   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4558       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4559     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4560 
4561   return Dcl;
4562 }
4563 
4564 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4565 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4566 ///   name different from T:
4567 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4568 ///     - every member function of class T
4569 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4570 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4571 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4572                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4573   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4574 
4575   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4576     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4577       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4578       return true;
4579     }
4580 
4581   return false;
4582 }
4583 
4584 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4585 /// nested-name-specifier.
4586 ///
4587 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4588 ///
4589 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4590 /// resolves.
4591 ///
4592 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4593 ///
4594 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4595 ///
4596 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4597 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4598                                         DeclarationName Name,
4599                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4600   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4601   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4602     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4603 
4604   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4605   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4606   //
4607   // class X {
4608   //   void X::f();
4609   // };
4610   //
4611   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4612   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4613   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4614     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4615       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4616                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4617         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4618       SS.clear();
4619     } else {
4620       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4621     }
4622     return false;
4623   }
4624 
4625   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4626   // declaration.
4627   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4628     if (Cur->isRecord())
4629       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4630         << Name << SS.getRange();
4631     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4632       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4633         << Name << SS.getRange();
4634     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4635       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4636         << Name << SS.getRange();
4637     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4638       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4639         << Name << SS.getRange();
4640     else
4641       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4642       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4643 
4644     return true;
4645   }
4646 
4647   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4648     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4649     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4650       << Name << SS.getRange();
4651     SS.clear();
4652 
4653     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4654     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4655     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4656     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4657          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4658         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4659                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4660       return true;
4661 
4662     return false;
4663   }
4664 
4665   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4666   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4667   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4668   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4669   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4670     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4671   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4672         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4673     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4674       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4675 
4676   return false;
4677 }
4678 
4679 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4680                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4681   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4682   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4683   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4684 
4685   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4686   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4687   if (!Name) {
4688     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4689       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4690            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4691         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4692     return nullptr;
4693   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4694     return nullptr;
4695 
4696   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4697   // we find one that is.
4698   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4699          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4700     S = S->getParent();
4701 
4702   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4703   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4704     D.setInvalidType();
4705   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4706     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4707                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4708       return nullptr;
4709 
4710     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4711     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4712     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4713       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4714       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4715       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4716       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4717       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4718            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4719         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4720         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4721       return nullptr;
4722     }
4723     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4724 
4725     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4726         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4727       return nullptr;
4728 
4729     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
4730     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4731       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4732            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4733         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4734       return nullptr;
4735     }
4736     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4737       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4738                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4739         if (DC->isRecord())
4740           return nullptr;
4741 
4742         D.setInvalidType();
4743       }
4744     }
4745 
4746     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4747     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4748     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4749         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4750       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4751       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4752         D.setInvalidType();
4753     }
4754   }
4755 
4756   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4757   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4758 
4759   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4760     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4761     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
4762     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
4763     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4764       return nullptr;
4765 
4766   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4767                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4768     D.setInvalidType();
4769 
4770   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4771                         ForRedeclaration);
4772 
4773   // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration
4774   // lookup, let name lookup know.
4775   if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) &&
4776       getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage &&
4777       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4778     Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false);
4779 
4780   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4781   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4782     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4783     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4784 
4785     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4786     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4787     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4788     //
4789     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4790     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4791     // the same name.
4792     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4793       /* Do nothing*/;
4794     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4795              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4796               R->isFunctionType())) {
4797       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4798       CreateBuiltins =
4799           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4800     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4801                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4802       CreateBuiltins = true;
4803 
4804     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4805       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4806 
4807     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4808   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4809     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4810 
4811     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4812     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4813     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4814     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4815     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4816     //  thereof; [...]
4817     //
4818     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4819     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4820     // we want to match. For example, given:
4821     //
4822     //   class X {
4823     //     void f();
4824     //     void f(float);
4825     //   };
4826     //
4827     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4828     //
4829     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4830     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4831     // matches.
4832 
4833     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4834     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4835     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4836     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4837     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4838   }
4839 
4840   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4841       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4842     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4843     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4844       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4845                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4846 
4847     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4848     Previous.clear();
4849   }
4850 
4851   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4852   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4853   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4854   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4855   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4856       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4857     Previous.clear();
4858 
4859   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4860   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4861   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4862     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4863 
4864   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
4865     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
4866     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
4867     // template, declared in namespace scope
4868     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4869       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
4870            diag::err_concept_decl_non_template);
4871       return nullptr;
4872     }
4873 
4874     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
4875       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4876            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
4877       return nullptr;
4878     }
4879   }
4880 
4881   NamedDecl *New;
4882 
4883   bool AddToScope = true;
4884   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4885     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4886       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4887       return nullptr;
4888     }
4889 
4890     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4891   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4892     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4893                                   TemplateParamLists,
4894                                   AddToScope);
4895   } else {
4896     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4897                                   AddToScope);
4898   }
4899 
4900   if (!New)
4901     return nullptr;
4902 
4903   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4904   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4905   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4906        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4907     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4908     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4909     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4910     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4911     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4912     if (!AddToContext)
4913       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4914   }
4915 
4916   return New;
4917 }
4918 
4919 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4920 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4921 /// GCC compatibility).
4922 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4923                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4924                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4925                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4926   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4927   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4928   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4929   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4930   SizeIsNegative = false;
4931   Oversized = 0;
4932 
4933   if (T->isDependentType())
4934     return QualType();
4935 
4936   QualifierCollector Qs;
4937   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4938 
4939   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4940     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4941     QualType FixedType =
4942         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4943                                             Oversized);
4944     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4945     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4946     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4947   }
4948   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4949     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4950     QualType FixedType =
4951         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4952                                             Oversized);
4953     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4954     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4955     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4956   }
4957 
4958   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4959   if (!VLATy)
4960     return QualType();
4961   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4962   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4963     return QualType();
4964 
4965   llvm::APSInt Res;
4966   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4967       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4968     return QualType();
4969 
4970   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4971   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4972     SizeIsNegative = true;
4973     return QualType();
4974   }
4975 
4976   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4977   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4978     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4979                                               Res);
4980   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4981     Oversized = Res;
4982     return QualType();
4983   }
4984 
4985   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4986                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4987 }
4988 
4989 static void
4990 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4991   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4992   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
4993   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4994     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4995     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4996                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4997     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4998     return;
4999   }
5000   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5001     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5002     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5003                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5004     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5005     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5006     return;
5007   }
5008   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5009   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5010   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5011   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5012   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5013   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5014   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5015   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5016 }
5017 
5018 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5019 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5020 /// GCC compatibility).
5021 static TypeSourceInfo*
5022 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5023                                               ASTContext &Context,
5024                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5025                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5026   QualType FixedTy
5027     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5028                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5029   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5030     return nullptr;
5031   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5032   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5033                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5034   return FixedTInfo;
5035 }
5036 
5037 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5038 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5039 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5040 /// function-scope declarations.
5041 void
5042 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5043   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5044       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5045     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5046     return;
5047 
5048   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5049   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5050 }
5051 
5052 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5053   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5054   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5055   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5056 }
5057 
5058 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5059 /// does not identify a function.
5060 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5061   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5062   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
5063   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
5064     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
5065          diag::err_inline_non_function);
5066 
5067   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5068     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5069          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5070 
5071   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5072     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5073          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5074 
5075   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5076     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5077          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5078 }
5079 
5080 NamedDecl*
5081 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5082                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5083   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5084   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5085     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5086       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5087     D.setInvalidType();
5088     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5089     DC = CurContext;
5090     Previous.clear();
5091   }
5092 
5093   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5094 
5095   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5096     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5097       << 1;
5098 
5099   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5100     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5101       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5102     return nullptr;
5103   }
5104 
5105   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5106   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5107 
5108   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5109   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5110 
5111   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5112 
5113   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5114   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5115   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5116   return ND;
5117 }
5118 
5119 void
5120 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5121   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5122   // then it shall have block scope.
5123   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5124   // that redeclarations will match.
5125   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5126   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5127   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5128     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5129 
5130     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5131       bool SizeIsNegative;
5132       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5133       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5134         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5135                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5136                                                       Oversized);
5137       if (FixedTInfo) {
5138         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5139         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5140       } else {
5141         if (SizeIsNegative)
5142           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5143         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5144           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5145         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5146           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5147             << Oversized.toString(10);
5148         else
5149           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5150         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5151       }
5152     }
5153   }
5154 }
5155 
5156 
5157 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5158 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5159 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5160 NamedDecl*
5161 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5162                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5163   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5164   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5165   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5166                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5167   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5168   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5169     Redeclaration = true;
5170     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
5171   }
5172 
5173   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5174   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5175     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5176         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5177       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5178         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5179       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5180         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5181       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5182         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5183       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5184         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5185     }
5186 
5187   return NewTD;
5188 }
5189 
5190 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5191 /// previous declaration.
5192 ///
5193 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5194 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5195 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5196 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5197 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5198 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5199 ///
5200 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5201 /// lookup
5202 ///
5203 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5204 /// declared.
5205 ///
5206 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5207 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5208 static bool
5209 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5210                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5211   if (!PrevDecl)
5212     return false;
5213 
5214   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5215     return false;
5216 
5217   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5218     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5219     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5220     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5221     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5222     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5223     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5224     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5225     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5226       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5227       return false;
5228 
5229     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5230     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5231       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5232       return false;
5233 
5234     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5235     // previous declarations.
5236     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5237     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5238 
5239     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5240     // isn't the same function.
5241     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5242       return false;
5243   }
5244 
5245   return true;
5246 }
5247 
5248 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5249   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5250   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5251   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5252 }
5253 
5254 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5255   QualType type = decl->getType();
5256   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5257   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5258     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5259     unsigned kind = -1U;
5260     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5261       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5262         kind = 0; // __block
5263       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5264         kind = 1; // global
5265     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5266       kind = 3; // ivar
5267     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5268       kind = 2; // field
5269     }
5270 
5271     if (kind != -1U) {
5272       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5273         << kind;
5274     }
5275   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5276     // Try to infer lifetime.
5277     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5278       return false;
5279 
5280     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5281     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5282     decl->setType(type);
5283   }
5284 
5285   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5286     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5287     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5288         var->getTLSKind()) {
5289       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5290         << var->getType();
5291       return true;
5292     }
5293   }
5294 
5295   return false;
5296 }
5297 
5298 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5299   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5300   // the wrong linkage.
5301   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5302 
5303   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5304   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5305     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5306       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5307       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5308     }
5309   }
5310   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5311     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5312       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5313       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5314       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5315     }
5316   }
5317 
5318   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5319     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5320       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5321         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5322                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5323         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD;
5324         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5325       }
5326     }
5327   }
5328 
5329   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5330   // It does not apply to functions.
5331   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5332     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5333       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5334              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5335       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5336     }
5337   }
5338 
5339   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5340   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5341     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5342       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5343         << &ND << Attr;
5344       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5345     }
5346   }
5347 }
5348 
5349 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5350                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5351                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5352   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5353     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5354   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5355     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5356 
5357   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5358     return;
5359 
5360   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5361   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5362   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5363   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5364 
5365   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5366   // inherited attribute instances.
5367   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5368                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5369 
5370   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5371   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5372   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5373   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5374   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5375 
5376   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5377     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5378     bool JustWarn = false;
5379     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5380       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5381       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5382         JustWarn = true;
5383       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5384       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5385         JustWarn = true;
5386     }
5387 
5388     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5389     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5390     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5391     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5392       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5393         JustWarn = false;
5394 
5395     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5396                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5397     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5398         << NewDecl
5399         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5400     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5401     if (!JustWarn) {
5402       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5403       return;
5404     }
5405   }
5406 
5407   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5408   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5409   // and qualified friend declarations.
5410   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5411   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5412   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5413     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5414     // separately.
5415     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5416   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5417     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5418     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5419                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5420   }
5421 
5422   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5423       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5424     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5425            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5426       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5427     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5428     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5429     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5430     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5431   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5432              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5433     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5434     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5435     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5436     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5437            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5438         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5439   }
5440 }
5441 
5442 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5443 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5444 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5445 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5446   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5447 
5448   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5449   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5450 
5451   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5452   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5453     return false;
5454 
5455   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5456 
5457 #ifndef NDEBUG
5458   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5459   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5460   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5461   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5462   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5463 #endif
5464 
5465   bool isC99Inline =
5466       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5467 
5468 #ifndef NDEBUG
5469   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5470 #endif
5471 
5472   return isC99Inline;
5473 }
5474 
5475 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5476 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5477 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5478 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5479 ///
5480 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5481 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5482 ///
5483 /// For instance:
5484 ///
5485 ///   auto x = []{};
5486 ///
5487 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5488 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5489 ///
5490 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5491 template<typename T>
5492 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5493   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5494     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5495     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5496       return false;
5497   }
5498   return D->isExternC();
5499 }
5500 
5501 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5502   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5503   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5504     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5505   if (DC->isFileContext())
5506     return true;
5507   if (DC->isRecord())
5508     return false;
5509   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5510 }
5511 
5512 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5513   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5514   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5515     return true;
5516   if (DC->isRecord())
5517     return false;
5518   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5519 }
5520 
5521 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5522                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5523   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5524     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5525       return true;
5526   return false;
5527 }
5528 
5529 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5530                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5531   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5532   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5533     return true;
5534 
5535   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5536   // position to the decl itself.
5537   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5538     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5539       return true;
5540   }
5541 
5542   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5543   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5544 }
5545 
5546 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5547 /// function-local external declaration.
5548 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5549   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5550     return false;
5551 
5552   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5553   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5554   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5555   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5556     return true;
5557 
5558   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5559   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5560   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5561   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5562   //
5563   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5564   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5565   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5566     DC = DC->getParent();
5567   return true;
5568 }
5569 
5570 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5571 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5572   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5573     return FD->isExternC();
5574   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5575     return VD->isExternC();
5576 
5577   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5578 }
5579 
5580 NamedDecl *
5581 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5582                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5583                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5584                               bool &AddToScope) {
5585   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5586   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5587 
5588   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5589   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5590 
5591   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5592   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5593   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5594       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5595       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5596     SC = SC_Extern;
5597 
5598   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5599   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5600                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5601 
5602   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5603     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5604     QualType NR = R;
5605     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5606       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5607         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5608         D.setInvalidType();
5609         break;
5610       }
5611       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5612     }
5613 
5614     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5615       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5616       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5617       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5618         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5619         D.setInvalidType();
5620       }
5621     }
5622   }
5623 
5624   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5625     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5626     // an error here
5627     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5628     D.setInvalidType();
5629     SC = SC_None;
5630   }
5631 
5632   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5633       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5634                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5635     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5636     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5637     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5638     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5639          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5640       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5641   }
5642 
5643   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5644   if (!II) {
5645     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5646       << Name;
5647     return nullptr;
5648   }
5649 
5650   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5651 
5652   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5653     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5654     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5655     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5656     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5657       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5658       D.setInvalidType();
5659     }
5660   }
5661 
5662   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5663     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5664     // OpenCL __local address space.
5665     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5666       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5667     }
5668 
5669     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5670     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5671     // space qualifiers.
5672     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5673       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5674       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5675     }
5676 
5677     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5678     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5679     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5680     // address space qualifiers.
5681     if (R->isEventT()) {
5682       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5683         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5684         D.setInvalidType();
5685       }
5686 
5687       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5688         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5689         D.setInvalidType();
5690       }
5691     }
5692   }
5693 
5694   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5695   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5696   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5697   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5698   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5699   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5700   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5701   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5702     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5703                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5704                             R, TInfo, SC);
5705 
5706     if (D.isInvalidType())
5707       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5708   } else {
5709     bool Invalid = false;
5710 
5711     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5712       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5713       switch (SC) {
5714       case SC_None:
5715         break;
5716       case SC_Static:
5717         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5718              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5719           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5720         break;
5721       case SC_Auto:
5722       case SC_Register:
5723       case SC_Extern:
5724         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5725         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5726         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5727         // of class members
5728 
5729         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5730              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5731           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5732         break;
5733       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5734         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5735       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5736         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5737       }
5738     }
5739 
5740     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5741       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5742         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5743           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5744                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5745             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5746 
5747         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5748         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5749         if (RD->isUnion())
5750           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5751                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5752                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5753                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5754         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5755         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5756           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5757                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5758             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5759       }
5760     }
5761 
5762     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5763     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5764     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5765         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5766         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5767         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5768             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5769             : nullptr,
5770         TemplateParamLists,
5771         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5772 
5773     if (TemplateParams) {
5774       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5775           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5776         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5777         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5778         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5779              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5780           << II
5781           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5782                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5783         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5784       } else {
5785         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5786           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5787           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5788           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5789           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5790         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5791           // This is a template declaration.
5792           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5793 
5794           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5795           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5796             return nullptr;
5797 
5798           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5799           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5800                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5801                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5802                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5803         }
5804       }
5805     } else {
5806       assert(
5807           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
5808           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5809     }
5810 
5811     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5812       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5813           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5814               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5815               : SourceLocation();
5816       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5817           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5818           IsPartialSpecialization);
5819       if (Res.isInvalid())
5820         return nullptr;
5821       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5822       AddToScope = false;
5823     } else
5824       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5825                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5826 
5827     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5828     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5829       NewTemplate =
5830           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5831                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5832       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5833     }
5834 
5835     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5836     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5837     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5838       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5839 
5840     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5841       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5842       if (NewTemplate)
5843         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5844     }
5845 
5846     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5847 
5848     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5849     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5850     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5851     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5852       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5853           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5854           TemplateParamLists.data());
5855 
5856     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5857       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5858 
5859     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5860       NewVD->setConcept(true);
5861   }
5862 
5863   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5864   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5865   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5866   if (NewTemplate)
5867     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5868 
5869   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5870     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5871 
5872   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
5873   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5874     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5875     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5876     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5877     //   explicitly.
5878     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5879     //   'extern'.
5880     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5881         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5882          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5883          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5884       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5885            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5886         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5887     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
5888       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5889         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
5890         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
5891         // error should be ignored.
5892         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
5893         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
5894         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
5895         // to emit any code for it.
5896         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5897       } else
5898         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5899              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5900     } else
5901       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5902   }
5903 
5904   // C99 6.7.4p3
5905   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5906   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5907   //   thread storage duration...
5908   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5909   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5910   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5911   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5912   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5913   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5914       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5915     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5916     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5917       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5918            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5919       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5920     }
5921   }
5922 
5923   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5924     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5925       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5926           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5927           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5928                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5929     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5930       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5931         << 2
5932         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5933     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5934       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5935         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5936         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5937         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5938     else {
5939       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5940       if (NewTemplate)
5941         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5942     }
5943   }
5944 
5945   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5946   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5947 
5948   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5949     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
5950       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5951            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5952     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5953     // storage [duration]."
5954     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5955         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5956          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5957       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5958     }
5959   }
5960 
5961   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5962   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5963   // check the VarDecl itself.
5964   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5965          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5966          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5967 
5968   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5969   // retainable type.
5970   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5971     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5972 
5973   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5974   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5975     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5976     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5977     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5978     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5979       switch (SC) {
5980       case SC_None:
5981       case SC_Auto:
5982         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5983         break;
5984       case SC_Register:
5985         // Local Named register
5986         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5987           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5988         break;
5989       case SC_Static:
5990       case SC_Extern:
5991       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5992       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5993         break;
5994       }
5995     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5996       // Global Named register
5997       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5998         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5999       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6000         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6001         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6002       }
6003     }
6004 
6005     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6006                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6007   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6008     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6009       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6010     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6011       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6012         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6013         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6014       } else
6015         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6016             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6017     }
6018   }
6019 
6020   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6021   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6022     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6023 
6024   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6025   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6026   // declaration has linkage).
6027   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6028                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6029                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6030                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6031 
6032   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6033   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6034   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6035       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6036     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6037         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6038         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6039 
6040   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6041     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6042   } else {
6043     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6044     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6045         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6046       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6047 
6048     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6049     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6050       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6051           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6052           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6053         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6054         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6055         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6056           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6057         Previous.clear();
6058         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6059       }
6060     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6061       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6062       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6063         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6064         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6065       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6066     }
6067 
6068     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6069       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6070 
6071     if (NewTemplate) {
6072       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6073           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6074               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6075               : nullptr;
6076 
6077       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6078       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6079       // template declaration.
6080       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6081               TemplateParams,
6082               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6083                               : nullptr,
6084               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6085                DC->isDependentContext())
6086                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6087                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6088         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6089 
6090       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6091       // template, make a note of that.
6092       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6093           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6094         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6095     }
6096   }
6097 
6098   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6099 
6100   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6101   // the map of such variables.
6102   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6103       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6104     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6105 
6106   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6107     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6108     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6109             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6110       Context.setManglingNumber(
6111           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6112                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6113       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6114     }
6115   }
6116 
6117   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6118     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6119         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6120         IsExplicitSpecialization);
6121   }
6122 
6123   if (NewTemplate) {
6124     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6125       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6126     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6127     return NewTemplate;
6128   }
6129 
6130   return NewVD;
6131 }
6132 
6133 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6134 /// -Wshadow.
6135 ///
6136 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6137 /// scope.
6138 ///
6139 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6140 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6141 ///
6142 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6143   // Return if warning is ignored.
6144   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6145     return;
6146 
6147   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6148   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6149     return;
6150 
6151   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6152 
6153   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6154   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6155     return;
6156 
6157   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6158   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6159     return;
6160 
6161   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6162   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6163     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6164       if (MD->isStatic())
6165         return;
6166 
6167   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6168     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6169       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6170       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6171       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6172         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6173           ShadowedDecl = I;
6174           break;
6175         }
6176     }
6177 
6178   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6179 
6180   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6181   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6182     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6183     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6184       return;
6185 
6186     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6187     // static data members from base classes?
6188 
6189     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6190     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6191     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6192   }
6193 
6194   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6195   unsigned Kind;
6196   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
6197     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6198       Kind = 3; // field
6199     else
6200       Kind = 2; // static data member
6201   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
6202     Kind = 1; // global
6203   else
6204     Kind = 0; // local
6205 
6206   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6207 
6208   // Emit warning and note.
6209   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6210     return;
6211   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6212   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6213 }
6214 
6215 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6216 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6217   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6218     return;
6219 
6220   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6221                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6222   LookupName(R, S);
6223   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6224 }
6225 
6226 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6227 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6228 template<typename T>
6229 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6230     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6231   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6232   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6233 
6234   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6235     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6236     // declaration.
6237     return false;
6238   }
6239 
6240   if (Prev) {
6241     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6242       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6243       // redeclaration.
6244       Previous.clear();
6245       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6246       return true;
6247     }
6248 
6249     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6250     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6251     // declaration.
6252     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6253       return false;
6254   } else {
6255     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6256     // translation unit which might conflict.
6257     if (IsGlobal) {
6258       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6259       IsGlobal = false;
6260       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6261            I != E; ++I) {
6262         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6263           Prev = *I;
6264           break;
6265         }
6266       }
6267     } else {
6268       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6269           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6270       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6271            I != E; ++I) {
6272         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6273           Prev = *I;
6274           break;
6275         }
6276         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6277         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6278         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6279         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6280         // diagnostic.
6281       }
6282     }
6283 
6284     if (!Prev)
6285       return false;
6286   }
6287 
6288   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6289   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6290   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6291   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6292     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6293   else
6294     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6295 
6296   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6297     << IsGlobal << ND;
6298   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6299     << IsGlobal;
6300   return false;
6301 }
6302 
6303 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6304 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6305 ///
6306 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6307 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6308 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6309 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6310 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6311 template<typename T>
6312 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6313                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6314   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6315     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6316     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6317     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6318     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6319       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6320         Previous.clear();
6321         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6322         return true;
6323       }
6324     }
6325     return false;
6326   }
6327 
6328   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6329   // declaration.
6330   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6331     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6332 
6333   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6334   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6335   // in another scope.
6336   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6337     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6338 
6339   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6340   return false;
6341 }
6342 
6343 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6344   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6345   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6346     return;
6347 
6348   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6349   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6350 
6351   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6352   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6353     return;
6354 
6355   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6356     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6357 
6358   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6359     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6360       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6361     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6362     NewVD->setType(T);
6363   }
6364 
6365   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6366   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6367   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6368   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6369   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6370     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6371     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6372     return;
6373   }
6374 
6375   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6376   // __constant address space.
6377   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6378       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6379       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6380     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6381     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6382     return;
6383   }
6384 
6385   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6386   // scope.
6387   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6388       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6389     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6390     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6391     return;
6392   }
6393 
6394   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6395       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6396     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6397       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6398     else {
6399       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6400       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6401     }
6402   }
6403 
6404   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6405   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6406       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6407     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6408 
6409   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6410       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6411     bool SizeIsNegative;
6412     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6413     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6414       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6415                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6416     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6417       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6418       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6419       // int a[10][n];
6420       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6421 
6422       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6423         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6424         << SizeRange;
6425       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6426         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6427         << SizeRange;
6428       else
6429         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6430         << SizeRange;
6431       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6432       return;
6433     }
6434 
6435     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6436       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6437         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6438       else
6439         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6440       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6441       return;
6442     }
6443 
6444     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6445     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6446     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6447   }
6448 
6449   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6450     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6451     //                    of objects and functions.
6452     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6453       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6454         << T;
6455       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6456       return;
6457     }
6458   }
6459 
6460   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6461     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6462     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6463     return;
6464   }
6465 
6466   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6467     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6468     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6469     return;
6470   }
6471 
6472   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6473       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6474                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6475     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6476     return;
6477   }
6478 }
6479 
6480 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6481 /// declaration.
6482 ///
6483 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6484 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6485 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6486 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6487 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6488 ///
6489 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6490 ///
6491 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6492 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6493   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6494 
6495   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6496   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6497     return false;
6498 
6499   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6500   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6501   if (Previous.empty() &&
6502       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6503     Previous.setShadowed();
6504 
6505   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6506     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6507     return true;
6508   }
6509   return false;
6510 }
6511 
6512 namespace {
6513 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
6514   Sema *S;
6515   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6516 
6517   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6518   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6519   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6520   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
6521     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
6522         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6523 
6524     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
6525 
6526     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6527     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6528       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6529       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6530       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6531 
6532       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6533     }
6534 
6535     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
6536          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6537       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6538       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6539         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
6540           return true;
6541       }
6542     }
6543 
6544     return false;
6545   }
6546 };
6547 
6548 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6549 } // end anonymous namespace
6550 
6551 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6552 /// overriden methods.
6553 ///
6554 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6555 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6556 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6557 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6558                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6559   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6560   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6561                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6562        I != E; ++I) {
6563     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6564     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6565     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6566     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6567         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6568         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6569       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6570   }
6571 }
6572 
6573 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6574 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6575 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6576   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6577   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6578   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
6579   FOM.Method = MD;
6580   FOM.S = this;
6581   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6582   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6583   bool AddedAny = false;
6584   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
6585     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6586       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6587         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6588         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6589             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6590             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6591             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6592           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6593           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6594           AddedAny = true;
6595         }
6596       }
6597     }
6598   }
6599 
6600   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6601     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6602   }
6603   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6604     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6605   }
6606 
6607   return AddedAny;
6608 }
6609 
6610 namespace {
6611   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6612   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6613   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6614     Scope *S;
6615     Declarator &D;
6616     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6617     bool AddToScope;
6618   };
6619 }
6620 
6621 namespace {
6622 
6623 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6624 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6625 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6626  public:
6627   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6628                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6629       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6630         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6631 
6632   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6633     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6634       return false;
6635 
6636     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6637     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6638                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6639          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6640       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6641 
6642       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6643           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6644         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6645           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6646           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6647             return true;
6648         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6649           return true;
6650         }
6651       }
6652     }
6653 
6654     return false;
6655   }
6656 
6657  private:
6658   ASTContext &Context;
6659   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6660   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6661 };
6662 
6663 }
6664 
6665 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6666 ///
6667 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6668 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6669 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6670 /// the same name.
6671 ///
6672 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6673 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6674 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6675     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6676     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6677   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6678   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6679   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6680   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6681   TypoCorrection Correction;
6682   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6683   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6684                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6685   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6686                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6687                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6688                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6689 
6690   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6691   if (IsLocalFriend)
6692     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6693   else
6694     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6695   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6696          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6697   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6698   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6699     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6700          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6701       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6702       if (FD &&
6703           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6704         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6705         // involve a parameter
6706         unsigned ParamNum =
6707             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6708         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6709       }
6710     }
6711   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6712   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6713                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6714                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6715                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6716                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6717                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6718     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6719     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6720                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6721     Previous.clear();
6722     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6723     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6724                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6725          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6726       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6727       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6728           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6729         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6730       }
6731     }
6732     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6733 
6734     NamedDecl *Result;
6735     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6736     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6737     {
6738       // Trap errors.
6739       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6740 
6741       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6742       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6743       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6744       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6745           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6746           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6747           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6748           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6749 
6750       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6751         Result = nullptr;
6752     }
6753 
6754     if (Result) {
6755       // Determine which correction we picked.
6756       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6757       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6758            I != E; ++I)
6759         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6760           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6761 
6762       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6763           Correction,
6764           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6765                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6766                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6767             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6768       return Result;
6769     }
6770 
6771     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6772     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6773                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6774     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6775     Previous.clear();
6776     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6777   }
6778 
6779   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6780       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6781 
6782   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6783   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6784     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6785 
6786   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6787        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6788        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6789     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6790     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6791     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6792     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6793 
6794     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6795     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6796       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6797       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6798       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6799       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6800                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6801         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6802         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6803     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6804       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6805           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6806     } else
6807       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6808                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6809                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6810   }
6811   return nullptr;
6812 }
6813 
6814 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6815   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6816   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6817   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6818   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6819   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6820     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6821                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6822     D.setInvalidType();
6823     break;
6824   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6825   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6826     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6827       return SC_None;
6828     return SC_Extern;
6829   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6830     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6831       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6832       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6833       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6834       //   other than extern
6835       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6836       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6837                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6838       break;
6839     } else
6840       return SC_Static;
6841   }
6842   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6843   }
6844 
6845   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6846   return SC_None;
6847 }
6848 
6849 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6850                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6851                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6852                                            StorageClass SC,
6853                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6854   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6855   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6856 
6857   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6858   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6859 
6860   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6861     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6862     // prototype. This true when:
6863     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6864     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6865     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6866     bool HasPrototype =
6867       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6868       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6869 
6870     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6871                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6872                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6873                                  HasPrototype, false);
6874     if (D.isInvalidType())
6875       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6876 
6877     return NewFD;
6878   }
6879 
6880   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6881   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6882 
6883   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6884   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6885   // the class has been completely parsed.
6886   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6887       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6888           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6889           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6890     D.setInvalidType();
6891 
6892   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6893     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6894     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6895            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6896 
6897     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6898     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6899                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6900                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6901                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6902                                       isConstexpr);
6903 
6904   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6905     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6906     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6907       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6908       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6909       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6910                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6911                                         D.getLocStart(),
6912                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6913                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6914 
6915       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6916       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6917       // it yet.
6918       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6919           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6920           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6921         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6922       }
6923 
6924       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6925       return NewDD;
6926 
6927     } else {
6928       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6929       D.setInvalidType();
6930 
6931       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6932       // code path.
6933       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6934                                   D.getLocStart(),
6935                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6936                                   SC, isInline,
6937                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6938     }
6939 
6940   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6941     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6942       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6943            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6944       return nullptr;
6945     }
6946 
6947     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6948     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6949     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6950                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6951                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6952                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6953 
6954   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6955     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6956     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6957     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6958     // constructor if it has no return type).
6959     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6960         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6961       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6962         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6963         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6964       return nullptr;
6965     }
6966 
6967     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6968     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6969                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6970                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6971                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6972                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6973     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6974     return Ret;
6975   } else {
6976     bool isFriend =
6977         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6978     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
6979       return nullptr;
6980 
6981     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6982     // prototype. This true when:
6983     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6984     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6985                                 D.getLocStart(),
6986                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6987                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6988   }
6989 }
6990 
6991 enum OpenCLParamType {
6992   ValidKernelParam,
6993   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6994   PtrKernelParam,
6995   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6996   InvalidKernelParam,
6997   RecordKernelParam
6998 };
6999 
7000 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
7001   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7002     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7003     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7004       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7005     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7006                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7007   }
7008 
7009   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7010   // be used as builtin types.
7011 
7012   if (PT->isImageType())
7013     return PtrKernelParam;
7014 
7015   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7016     return InvalidKernelParam;
7017 
7018   if (PT->isEventT())
7019     return InvalidKernelParam;
7020 
7021   if (PT->isHalfType())
7022     return InvalidKernelParam;
7023 
7024   if (PT->isRecordType())
7025     return RecordKernelParam;
7026 
7027   return ValidKernelParam;
7028 }
7029 
7030 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7031   Sema &S,
7032   Declarator &D,
7033   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7034   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7035   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7036 
7037   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7038   // used again
7039   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7040     return;
7041 
7042   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
7043   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7044     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7045     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7046     // pointer to a pointer type.
7047     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7048     D.setInvalidType();
7049     return;
7050 
7051   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7052     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7053     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7054     // pointer to the private address space.
7055     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7056     D.setInvalidType();
7057     return;
7058 
7059     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7060     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7061     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7062     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7063     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7064 
7065   case InvalidKernelParam:
7066     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7067     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7068     // of event_t type.
7069     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7070     D.setInvalidType();
7071     return;
7072 
7073   case PtrKernelParam:
7074   case ValidKernelParam:
7075     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7076     return;
7077 
7078   case RecordKernelParam:
7079     break;
7080   }
7081 
7082   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7083   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7084 
7085   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7086   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7087   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7088   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7089 
7090   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7091   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7092 
7093   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7094 
7095   do {
7096     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7097     if (!Next) {
7098       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7099       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7100       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7101         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7102 
7103       continue;
7104     }
7105 
7106     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7107     // field itself) to the history stack.
7108     const RecordDecl *RD;
7109     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7110       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7111       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7112     } else {
7113       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7114     }
7115 
7116     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7117     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7118 
7119     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7120       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7121 
7122       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7123         continue;
7124 
7125       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
7126       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7127         continue;
7128 
7129       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7130         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7131         continue;
7132       }
7133 
7134       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7135       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7136       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7137       // union.
7138       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7139           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7140         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7141                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7142           << PT->isUnionType()
7143           << PT;
7144       } else {
7145         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7146       }
7147 
7148       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7149         << PD->getDeclName();
7150 
7151       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7152       // the offending field came from
7153       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7154                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7155                E = HistoryStack.end();
7156            I != E; ++I) {
7157         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7158         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7159           << OuterField->getType();
7160       }
7161 
7162       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7163         << QT->isPointerType()
7164         << QT;
7165       D.setInvalidType();
7166       return;
7167     }
7168   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7169 }
7170 
7171 NamedDecl*
7172 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7173                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7174                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7175                               bool &AddToScope) {
7176   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7177 
7178   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7179 
7180   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7181   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7182   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7183   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7184 
7185   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7186     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7187          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7188       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7189 
7190   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7191     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
7192 
7193   bool isFriend = false;
7194   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7195   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7196   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7197 
7198   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7199   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7200   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7201 
7202   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7203 
7204   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7205   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7206 
7207   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7208                                               isVirtualOkay);
7209   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7210 
7211   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7212     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7213 
7214   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7215   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7216   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7217   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7218 
7219   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7220     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7221 
7222   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7223     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7224     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7225     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7226     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7227     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7228     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7229     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7230       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7231       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7232       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7233       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7234     }
7235 
7236     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7237     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7238     // return true).
7239     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7240           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7241       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7242         NewFD->setPure(true);
7243 
7244       // C++ [class.union]p2
7245       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7246       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7247         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7248     }
7249 
7250     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7251     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7252     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7253     if (D.isInvalidType())
7254       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7255 
7256     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7257     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7258     bool Invalid = false;
7259     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7260             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7261                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7262                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7263                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7264                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7265                     : nullptr,
7266                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7267                 Invalid)) {
7268       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7269         // This is a function template
7270 
7271         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7272         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7273           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7274 
7275         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7276         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7277           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7278           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7279         }
7280 
7281         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7282         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7283         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7284         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7285           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7286           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7287             Invalid = true;
7288         }
7289 
7290 
7291         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7292                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7293                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7294                                                         NewFD);
7295         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7296         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7297 
7298         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7299         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7300           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7301                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7302                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7303         }
7304       } else {
7305         // This is a function template specialization.
7306         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7307         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7308         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7309           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7310                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7311                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7312 
7313         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7314         if (isFriend) {
7315           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7316           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7317 
7318           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7319           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7320           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7321           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7322           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7323           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7324           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7325             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7326             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7327           }
7328 
7329           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7330             << Name << RemoveRange
7331             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7332             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7333         }
7334       }
7335     }
7336     else {
7337       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7338       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7339       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7340         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7341         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7342                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7343                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7344     }
7345 
7346     if (Invalid) {
7347       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7348       if (FunctionTemplate)
7349         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7350     }
7351 
7352     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7353     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7354     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7355     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7356     //
7357     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7358       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7359         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7360              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7361       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7362         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7363         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7364              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7365           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7366       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7367         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7368         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7369         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7370              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7371           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7372       } else {
7373         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7374         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7375       }
7376 
7377       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7378           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7379         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7380     }
7381 
7382     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7383         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7384          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7385         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7386       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7387       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7388       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7389       // thing to do.
7390       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7391       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7392       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7393           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7394       QualType Result =
7395           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7396       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7397                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7398     }
7399 
7400     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7401     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7402     //  declaration.
7403     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7404       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7405         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7406         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7407              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7408           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7409       }
7410     }
7411 
7412     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7413     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7414     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7415     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7416     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7417       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7418         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7419         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7420              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7421           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7422       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7423                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7424         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7425         // or conversion function.
7426         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7427              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7428           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7429       }
7430     }
7431 
7432     if (isConstexpr) {
7433       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7434       // are implicitly inline.
7435       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7436 
7437       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7438       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7439       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7440       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7441         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7442     }
7443 
7444     if (isConcept) {
7445       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
7446       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
7447       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7448         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
7449              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
7450         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7451       }
7452 
7453       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
7454       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
7455       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7456     }
7457 
7458     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7459     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7460       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7461         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7462           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7463         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7464           << 0
7465           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7466       } else {
7467         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7468         if (FunctionTemplate)
7469           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7470       }
7471     }
7472 
7473     if (isFriend) {
7474       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7475         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7476         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7477       }
7478       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7479       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7480     }
7481 
7482     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7483     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7484     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7485     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7486       case FDK_Declaration:
7487       case FDK_Definition:
7488         break;
7489 
7490       case FDK_Defaulted:
7491         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7492         break;
7493 
7494       case FDK_Deleted:
7495         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7496         break;
7497     }
7498 
7499     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7500         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7501       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7502       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7503       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7504       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7505     }
7506 
7507     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7508         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7509       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7510       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7511       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7512       //   the class.
7513 
7514       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7515       // member function definition.
7516       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7517            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7518         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7519     }
7520 
7521     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7522     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7523     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7524     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7525     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7526          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7527         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7528       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7529           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7530           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7531   }
7532 
7533   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7534   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7535                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7536                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7537                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7538 
7539   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7540   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7541     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7542     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7543     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7544                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7545   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7546     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7547       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7548     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7549       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
7550         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7551         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7552       } else
7553         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7554             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
7555     }
7556   }
7557 
7558   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7559   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7560   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7561   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7562     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7563 
7564     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7565     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7566     // single void argument.
7567     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7568     // already checks for that case.
7569     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7570       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7571         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7572         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7573         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7574         Params.push_back(Param);
7575 
7576         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7577           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7578       }
7579     }
7580 
7581   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7582     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7583     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7584     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7585     //
7586     // @code
7587     // typedef void fn(int);
7588     // fn f;
7589     // @endcode
7590 
7591     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7592     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7593       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7594           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7595       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7596       Params.push_back(Param);
7597     }
7598   } else {
7599     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7600            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7601   }
7602 
7603   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7604   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7605 
7606   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7607   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7608   //
7609   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7610   //
7611   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7612   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7613   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7614 
7615   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7616     NewFD->addAttr(
7617         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7618                                        Context, 0));
7619 
7620   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7621   // because all functions have linkage.
7622   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7623       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7624     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7625     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7626   }
7627 
7628   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
7629   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7630       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7631     NewFD->addAttr(
7632         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7633                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7634                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7635     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7636                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7637                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7638                      NewFD))
7639       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7640   }
7641 
7642   // Handle attributes.
7643   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7644 
7645   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7646     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7647     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7648     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
7649     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7650         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7651         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7652       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7653            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7654       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7655     }
7656   }
7657 
7658   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7659     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7660     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7661     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7662       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7663 
7664     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7665       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7666 
7667     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7668       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7669                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7670     else if (!Previous.empty())
7671       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7672       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7673     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7674             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7675            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7676 
7677     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7678     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7679     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7680     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7681     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7682       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7683       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7684         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7685         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7686         int DiagID =
7687             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7688         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7689             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7690       }
7691     }
7692   } else {
7693     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7694     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7695     //
7696     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7697     //
7698     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7699     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7700     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7701         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7702         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7703       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7704            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7705         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7706 
7707     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7708     // argument list into our AST format.
7709     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7710       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7711       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7712       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7713       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7714                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7715       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7716                                  TemplateArgs);
7717 
7718       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7719 
7720       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7721         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7722       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7723         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7724         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7725           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7726 
7727         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7728       } else {
7729         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7730                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7731                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7732         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7733         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7734       }
7735     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7736       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7737       // wrote something like:
7738       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7739       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7740       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7741       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7742       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7743       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7744       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7745     }
7746 
7747     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7748     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7749     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7750     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7751     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7752     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7753         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7754          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7755             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7756             InstantiationDependent))) {
7757       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7758              "friend function specialization without template args");
7759       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7760                                                        Previous))
7761         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7762     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7763       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7764           && !isFriend) {
7765         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7766         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7767           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7768           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7769           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7770       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7771                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7772                                                            : nullptr),
7773                                                      Previous))
7774         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7775 
7776       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7777       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7778       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7779       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7780           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7781       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7782         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7783           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7784                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7785             << SC
7786             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7787                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7788 
7789         else
7790           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7791                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7792             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7793                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7794       }
7795 
7796     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7797       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7798           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7799     }
7800 
7801     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7802     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7803       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7804         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7805 
7806       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7807         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7808 
7809       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7810         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7811                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7812       else if (!Previous.empty())
7813         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
7814         D.setRedeclaration(true);
7815     }
7816 
7817     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7818             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7819            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7820 
7821     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7822                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7823                                 : NewFD);
7824 
7825     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7826       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7827       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7828         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7829 
7830       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7831       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7832     }
7833 
7834     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7835         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7836       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7837 
7838     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7839     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7840     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7841       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7842                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7843       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7844                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7845                                     : nullptr,
7846                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7847                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7848                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7849                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7850                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7851                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7852                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7853                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7854                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7855     }
7856 
7857     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7858       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7859     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7860       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7861                                        AddToScope };
7862       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7863       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7864         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7865 
7866       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7867       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7868         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7869         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7870 
7871         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7872         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7873         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7874         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7875         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7876         // can actually do this check immediately.
7877         if (isFriend &&
7878             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7879              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7880              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7881           // ignore these
7882         } else {
7883           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7884           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7885           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7886           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7887           //
7888           // class X {
7889           //   void f() const;
7890           // };
7891           //
7892           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7893           //
7894           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7895           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7896           // whether the parameter types are references).
7897 
7898           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7899                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7900             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7901             return Result;
7902           }
7903         }
7904 
7905         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7906         // to something.
7907       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7908         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7909                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7910           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7911           return Result;
7912         }
7913       }
7914 
7915     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7916                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7917                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7918                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7919       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7920       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7921       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7922       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7923       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7924       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7925       // generate them.
7926       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7927         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7928     }
7929   }
7930 
7931   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7932   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7933 
7934   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7935 
7936   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7937       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7938     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7939          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7940       << NewFD;
7941 
7942     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7943     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7944     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7945         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7946     EPI.Variadic = true;
7947     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7948 
7949     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7950     NewFD->setType(R);
7951   }
7952 
7953   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7954   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7955   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7956     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7957 
7958   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7959   // marking the function.
7960   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7961 
7962   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7963   // a pragma.
7964   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7965     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7966 
7967   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7968   // the map of such variables.
7969   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7970       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7971     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7972 
7973   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7974   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7975 
7976   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7977     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7978         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7979         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7980   }
7981 
7982   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7983     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7984       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7985         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7986       return FunctionTemplate;
7987     }
7988   }
7989 
7990   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7991     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7992     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7993         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7994       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7995       D.setInvalidType();
7996     }
7997 
7998     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7999     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8000       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8001       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8002           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8003                                 : FixItHint());
8004       D.setInvalidType();
8005     }
8006 
8007     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8008     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
8009       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8010   }
8011 
8012   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8013 
8014   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8015     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
8016       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8017           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8018         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
8019           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8020             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8021 
8022           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8023         }
8024       }
8025 
8026   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8027   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8028   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8029   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8030     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8031                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8032                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8033                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8034                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8035     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8036     AddToScope = false;
8037   }
8038 
8039   return NewFD;
8040 }
8041 
8042 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8043 ///
8044 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8045 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8046 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8047 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8048 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8049 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8050 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8051 ///
8052 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8053 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8054 ///
8055 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8056 ///
8057 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8058 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8059                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8060                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8061   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8062          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8063 
8064   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8065   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8066   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8067   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8068                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8069 
8070   bool Redeclaration = false;
8071   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8072 
8073   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8074   // the same name, if appropriate.
8075   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8076     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8077     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8078     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8079     // function to the scope.
8080     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8081       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8082       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8083         Redeclaration = true;
8084         OldDecl = Candidate;
8085       }
8086     } else {
8087       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8088                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8089       case Ovl_Match:
8090         Redeclaration = true;
8091         break;
8092 
8093       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8094         Redeclaration = true;
8095         break;
8096 
8097       case Ovl_Overload:
8098         Redeclaration = false;
8099         break;
8100       }
8101 
8102       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8103         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8104         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8105         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8106           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8107         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8108         if (Redeclaration)
8109           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8110         else if (!Previous.empty())
8111           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8112         if (OverloadedDecl)
8113           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8114                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8115         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8116       }
8117     }
8118   }
8119 
8120   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8121   if (!Redeclaration &&
8122       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8123     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8124       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8125       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8126       Redeclaration = true;
8127       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8128       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8129 
8130       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8131       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8132         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8133           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8134             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8135           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8136                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8137           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8138         }
8139         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8140           Redeclaration = false;
8141           OldDecl = nullptr;
8142         }
8143       }
8144     }
8145   }
8146 
8147   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8148   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8149   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8150   //
8151   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8152   // definition of a static member function.
8153   //
8154   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8155   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8156   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8157   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8158       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8159       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8160     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8161     if (OldDecl)
8162       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8163     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8164       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8165         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8166       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8167       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8168       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8169                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8170 
8171       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8172       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8173       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8174         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8175         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8176                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8177           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8178 
8179         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8180           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8181       }
8182     }
8183   }
8184 
8185   if (Redeclaration) {
8186     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8187     // merged.
8188     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8189       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8190       return Redeclaration;
8191     }
8192 
8193     Previous.clear();
8194     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8195 
8196     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8197                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8198       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8199       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8200         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8201       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8202       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8203             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8204         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8205         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8206       }
8207 
8208       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8209       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8210       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8211           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8212         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8213         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8214       }
8215 
8216     } else {
8217       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8218       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8219 
8220       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8221         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8222     }
8223   }
8224 
8225   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8226 
8227   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8228     // C++-specific checks.
8229     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8230       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8231     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8232                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8233       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8234       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8235 
8236       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8237       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8238       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8239         DeclarationName Name
8240           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8241                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8242         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8243           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8244           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8245           return Redeclaration;
8246         }
8247       }
8248     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8249                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8250       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8251     }
8252 
8253     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8254     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8255       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8256           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8257           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8258         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8259           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8260           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8261             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8262           }
8263         }
8264       }
8265 
8266       if (Method->isStatic())
8267         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8268     }
8269 
8270     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8271     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8272         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8273       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8274       return Redeclaration;
8275     }
8276 
8277     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8278     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8279         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8280       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8281       return Redeclaration;
8282     }
8283 
8284     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8285     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8286     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8287     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8288       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8289 
8290     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8291     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8292     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8293       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8294       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8295       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8296       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8297         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8298         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8299         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8300       }
8301     }
8302 
8303     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8304     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8305     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8306     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8307     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8308       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8309       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8310         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8311             << NewFD << R;
8312       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8313                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8314         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8315     }
8316   }
8317   return Redeclaration;
8318 }
8319 
8320 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8321   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8322   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8323   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8324   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8325   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8326   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8327   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8328   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8329     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8330          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8331       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8332   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8333     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8334       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8335   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8336     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8337     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8338     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8339     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8340       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8341   }
8342   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8343     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8344       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8345     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8346   }
8347 
8348   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8349     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8350         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8351     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8352     return;
8353   }
8354 
8355   QualType T = FD->getType();
8356   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8357   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8358 
8359   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8360     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8361     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8362     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8363 
8364     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8365     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8366       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8367     else {
8368       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8369       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8370       if (RTRange.isValid())
8371         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8372             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8373     }
8374   } else {
8375     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8376     // set the flag which tells us that.
8377     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8378 
8379     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8380     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8381       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8382     else {
8383       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8384       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8385       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8386           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8387                                 : FixItHint());
8388       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8389     }
8390   }
8391 
8392   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8393   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8394 
8395   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8396   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8397   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8398 
8399   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8400 
8401   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
8402     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
8403     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
8404     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
8405   }
8406 
8407   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8408   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8409   // getting shifty.
8410   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8411     HasExtraParameters = false;
8412 
8413   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8414     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8415     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8416     nparams = 3;
8417   }
8418 
8419   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8420   // if we had some location information about types.
8421 
8422   QualType CharPP =
8423     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8424   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8425 
8426   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8427     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8428 
8429     bool mismatch = true;
8430 
8431     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8432       mismatch = false;
8433     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8434       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8435       //   char const **
8436       //   char const * const *
8437       //   char * const *
8438 
8439       QualifierCollector qs;
8440       const PointerType* PT;
8441       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8442           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8443           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8444                               Context.CharTy)) {
8445         qs.removeConst();
8446         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8447       }
8448     }
8449 
8450     if (mismatch) {
8451       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8452       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8453       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8454     }
8455   }
8456 
8457   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8458     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8459   }
8460 
8461   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8462     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8463     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8464   }
8465 }
8466 
8467 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8468   QualType T = FD->getType();
8469   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8470   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8471 
8472   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8473   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8474   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8475       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8476       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8477     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8478     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8479       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8480 
8481   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8482     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8483     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8484   }
8485 }
8486 
8487 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8488   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8489   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8490   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8491   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8492   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8493   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8494   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8495   // rules there don't matter.)
8496   const Expr *Culprit;
8497   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8498     return false;
8499   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8500     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8501   return true;
8502 }
8503 
8504 namespace {
8505   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8506   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8507   class SelfReferenceChecker
8508       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8509     Sema &S;
8510     Decl *OrigDecl;
8511     bool isRecordType;
8512     bool isPODType;
8513     bool isReferenceType;
8514 
8515     bool isInitList;
8516     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8517   public:
8518     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8519 
8520     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8521                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8522       isPODType = false;
8523       isRecordType = false;
8524       isReferenceType = false;
8525       isInitList = false;
8526       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8527         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8528         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8529         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8530       }
8531     }
8532 
8533     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8534     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8535     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8536     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8537       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8538       if (!InitList) {
8539         Visit(E);
8540         return;
8541       }
8542 
8543       // Track and increment the index here.
8544       isInitList = true;
8545       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8546       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8547         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8548         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8549       }
8550       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8551     }
8552 
8553     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8554     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8555     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8556       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8557       Expr *Base = E;
8558       bool ReferenceField = false;
8559 
8560       // Get the field memebers used.
8561       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8562         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8563         if (!FD)
8564           return false;
8565         Fields.push_back(FD);
8566         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8567           ReferenceField = true;
8568         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8569       }
8570 
8571       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8572       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8573       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8574         return false;
8575 
8576       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8577       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8578         return true;
8579 
8580       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8581       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8582       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
8583         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
8584 
8585       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8586       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8587       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8588       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8589                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8590                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8591                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8592            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8593         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8594           return true;
8595         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8596           break;
8597       }
8598 
8599       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8600       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8601       return true;
8602     }
8603 
8604     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8605     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8606     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8607     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8608       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8609       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8610         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8611         return;
8612       }
8613 
8614       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8615         Visit(CO->getCond());
8616         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8617         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8618         return;
8619       }
8620 
8621       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8622               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8623         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8624         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8625         return;
8626       }
8627 
8628       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8629         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8630         return;
8631       }
8632 
8633       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8634         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8635           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8636           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8637           return;
8638         }
8639       }
8640 
8641       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8642         if (isInitList) {
8643           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8644                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8645             return;
8646         }
8647 
8648         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8649         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8650           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8651           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8652             return;
8653           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8654         }
8655         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8656           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8657         return;
8658       }
8659 
8660       Visit(E);
8661     }
8662 
8663     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8664     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8665     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8666       if (isReferenceType)
8667         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8668     }
8669 
8670     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8671       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8672         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8673         return;
8674       }
8675 
8676       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8677     }
8678 
8679     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8680       if (isInitList) {
8681         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8682           return;
8683       }
8684 
8685       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8686       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8687 
8688       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8689       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8690       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8691       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8692       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8693       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8694         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8695           Warn = false;
8696         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8697       }
8698 
8699       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8700         if (Warn)
8701           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8702         return;
8703       }
8704 
8705       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8706       // Visit that expression.
8707       Visit(Base);
8708     }
8709 
8710     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8711       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8712 
8713       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8714         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8715 
8716       Visit(Callee);
8717       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8718         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8719     }
8720 
8721     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8722       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8723       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8724           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8725         if (!isPODType)
8726           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8727         return;
8728       }
8729 
8730       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8731         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8732         return;
8733       }
8734 
8735       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8736     }
8737 
8738     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8739 
8740     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8741       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8742         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8743         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8744           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8745             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8746         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8747           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8748             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8749         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8750         return;
8751       }
8752       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8753     }
8754 
8755     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8756       // Treat std::move as a use.
8757       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8758         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8759           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8760               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8761             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8762             return;
8763           }
8764         }
8765       }
8766 
8767       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8768     }
8769 
8770     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8771       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8772         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8773         Visit(E->getRHS());
8774         return;
8775       }
8776 
8777       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8778     }
8779 
8780     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8781     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8782     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8783     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8784       Visit(E->getCond());
8785       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8786     }
8787 
8788     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8789       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8790       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8791       unsigned diag;
8792       if (isReferenceType) {
8793         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8794       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8795         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8796       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8797                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
8798                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
8799         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8800       } else {
8801         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
8802         return;
8803       }
8804 
8805       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8806                             S.PDiag(diag)
8807                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8808                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8809                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8810     }
8811   };
8812 
8813   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8814   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8815                                  bool DirectInit) {
8816     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8817     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8818     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8819       return;
8820 
8821     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8822 
8823     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8824     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8825     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8826       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8827         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8828           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8829             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8830               return;
8831 
8832     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8833   }
8834 }
8835 
8836 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8837 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8838 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8839 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8840                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8841   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8842   // the initializer.
8843   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8844     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
8845     return;
8846   }
8847 
8848   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8849     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
8850     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8851       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8852     Method->setInvalidDecl();
8853     return;
8854   }
8855 
8856   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8857   if (!VDecl) {
8858     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8859     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8860     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8861     return;
8862   }
8863   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8864 
8865   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8866   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8867     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
8868     // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a
8869     // TypoExpr.
8870     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
8871     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
8872       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8873       return;
8874     }
8875 
8876     if (Res.get() != Init) {
8877       Init = Res.get();
8878       if (CXXDirectInit)
8879         CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8880     }
8881 
8882     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8883     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8884     // contains exactly one expression.
8885     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8886       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8887         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8888         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8889         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8890              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8891                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8892           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8893           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8894         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8895         return;
8896       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8897         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8898              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8899                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8900                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8901           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8902           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8903         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8904         return;
8905       } else {
8906         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8907         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8908           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8909                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8910             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8911             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8912       }
8913     }
8914 
8915     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8916     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8917     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8918         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8919       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8920       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8921         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8922         return;
8923       }
8924       Init = Result.get();
8925       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8926     }
8927 
8928     QualType DeducedType;
8929     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8930             DAR_Failed)
8931       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8932     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8933       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8934       return;
8935     }
8936     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8937     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8938 
8939     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8940     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8941       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8942 
8943     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8944     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8945     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8946     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8947     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8948         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8949       SourceLocation Loc =
8950           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8951       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8952         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8953     }
8954 
8955     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8956     // the previously declared type.
8957     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8958       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8959       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8960       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8961     }
8962 
8963     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8964     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8965     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8966       return;
8967 
8968     // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when
8969     // we implement N3922.
8970     if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
8971       Diag(Init->getLocStart(),
8972            diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init)
8973         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "=");
8974     }
8975   }
8976 
8977   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8978   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8979     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8980     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8981     return;
8982   }
8983 
8984   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8985     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8986     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8987     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8988     return;
8989   }
8990 
8991   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8992     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8993     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8994     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8995     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8996     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8997       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8998     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8999                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9000       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9001       return;
9002     }
9003 
9004     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9005     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9006                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9007                                AbstractVariableType))
9008       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9009   }
9010 
9011   VarDecl *Def;
9012   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
9013     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
9014     if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) &&
9015         (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
9016          VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
9017          VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
9018          VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
9019       // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
9020       // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it.
9021     } else {
9022       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
9023         << VDecl->getDeclName();
9024       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9025       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9026       return;
9027     }
9028   }
9029 
9030   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9031     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9032     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9033     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9034     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9035     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9036     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9037     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9038     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9039     //
9040     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9041     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9042     // declaration with an initializer.
9043     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9044       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9045           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9046       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9047            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9048           << 0;
9049       return;
9050     }
9051 
9052     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9053       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9054 
9055     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9056       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9057       return;
9058     }
9059   }
9060 
9061   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9062   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9063   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
9064     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9065     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9066     return;
9067   }
9068 
9069   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9070   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9071   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9072 
9073   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9074   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9075   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9076       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9077     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9078     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9079       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9080       return;
9081     }
9082     Init = Result.get();
9083   }
9084 
9085   // Perform the initialization.
9086   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9087     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9088     InitializationKind Kind
9089       = DirectInit ?
9090           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9091                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
9092                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
9093                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
9094                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
9095                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9096                                                     Init->getLocStart());
9097 
9098     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9099     if (CXXDirectInit)
9100       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9101                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9102 
9103     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9104     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9105       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9106           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9107             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9108             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9109           });
9110       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9111         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9112       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9113         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9114       }
9115     }
9116     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9117       return;
9118 
9119     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
9120     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9121     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9122       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9123       return;
9124     }
9125 
9126     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9127   }
9128 
9129   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9130   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9131   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9132   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9133       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9134     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9135   }
9136 
9137   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9138   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9139   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9140   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9141   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9142     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9143 
9144   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9145     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9146 
9147     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9148       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9149 
9150     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9151     // Although this code can still have problems:
9152     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9153     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9154     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9155     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9156     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9157     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9158         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9159                          Init->getLocStart()))
9160         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9161   }
9162 
9163   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9164   //
9165   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9166   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9167   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9168   //
9169   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9170   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9171   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9172   //
9173   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9174   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9175                                           false,
9176                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9177   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9178     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9179     return;
9180   }
9181   Init = Result.get();
9182 
9183   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9184   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9185 
9186   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9187     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9188     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9189     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9190     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9191       const Expr *Culprit;
9192       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9193         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9194       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9195       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9196       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9197       // constant expressions.
9198       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9199                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9200                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9201         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9202              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9203           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9204     }
9205   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
9206              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9207     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9208     //
9209     // struct S {
9210     //   static const int value = 17;
9211     // };
9212 
9213     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9214     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9215     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9216     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9217     //
9218     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9219     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
9220     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9221     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9222     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9223     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9224     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9225     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9226     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9227 
9228     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9229     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9230 
9231     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9232     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9233     // type.
9234     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9235 
9236     // Require constness.
9237     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9238       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9239         << Init->getSourceRange();
9240       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9241 
9242     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9243     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9244       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9245       SourceLocation Loc;
9246       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9247         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9248         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9249         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9250       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9251         ; // Nothing to check.
9252       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9253         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9254       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9255         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9256         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9257         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9258           << Init->getSourceRange();
9259       } else {
9260         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9261         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9262         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9263           << Init->getSourceRange();
9264         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9265       }
9266 
9267     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9268     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9269       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9270       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9271       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9272         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9273              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9274             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9275         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9276              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9277             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9278       } else {
9279         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9280           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9281 
9282         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9283           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9284             << Init->getSourceRange();
9285           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9286         }
9287       }
9288 
9289     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9290     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9291       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9292         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9293         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9294       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9295 
9296     } else {
9297       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9298         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9299       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9300     }
9301   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9302     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9303         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9304          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9305            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9306         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9307       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9308 
9309     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9310     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9311       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9312   }
9313 
9314   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9315   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9316   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9317   //
9318   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9319   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9320   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9321   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9322   // special case code.
9323 
9324   // C++ 8.5p11:
9325   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9326   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9327   // class type.
9328   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9329     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9330     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9331   } else if (DirectInit) {
9332     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9333     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9334   }
9335 
9336   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9337 }
9338 
9339 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9340 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9341 /// of sanity.
9342 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9343   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9344   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9345   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9346 
9347   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9348   if (!VD) return;
9349 
9350   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9351   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9352     D->setInvalidDecl();
9353     return;
9354   }
9355 
9356   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9357   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9358 
9359   // Require a complete type.
9360   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9361                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9362                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9363     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9364     return;
9365   }
9366 
9367   // Require a non-abstract type.
9368   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9369                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9370                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9371     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9372     return;
9373   }
9374 
9375   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9376   // though.
9377 }
9378 
9379 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9380                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9381   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9382   if (!RealDecl)
9383     return;
9384 
9385   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9386     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9387 
9388     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9389     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9390       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9391         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9392       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9393       return;
9394     }
9395 
9396     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9397     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9398     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9399     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9400     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9401     // member.
9402     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9403       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9404         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9405              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9406           << Var->getDeclName();
9407       else
9408         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9409       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9410       return;
9411     }
9412 
9413     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
9414     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
9415     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
9416     if (Var->isConcept()) {
9417       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
9418       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9419       return;
9420     }
9421 
9422     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9423     // be initialized.
9424     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9425         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9426         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9427       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9428       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9429       return;
9430     }
9431 
9432     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9433     case VarDecl::Definition:
9434       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9435         break;
9436 
9437       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9438       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9439       // a declaration.
9440       //
9441       // Fall through
9442 
9443     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9444       // It's only a declaration.
9445 
9446       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9447       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9448       // object shall be complete.
9449       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9450           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9451           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9452                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9453         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9454 
9455       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9456       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9457           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9458                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9459                                  AbstractVariableType))
9460         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9461       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9462           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9463         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9464         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9465       }
9466 
9467       return;
9468 
9469     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9470       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9471       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9472       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9473       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9474       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9475       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9476         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9477                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9478           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9479                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9480                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9481             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9482         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9483           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9484           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9485           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9486           // NOTE: code such as the following
9487           //     static struct s;
9488           //     struct s { int a; };
9489           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9490           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9491           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9492           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9493             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9494                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9495         }
9496       }
9497 
9498       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9499       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9500         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9501       return;
9502     }
9503 
9504     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9505     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9506     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9507       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9508            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9509       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9510       return;
9511     }
9512 
9513     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9514     // definitions with reference type.
9515     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9516       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9517         << Var->getDeclName()
9518         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9519       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9520       return;
9521     }
9522 
9523     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9524     // variable with dependent type.
9525     if (Type->isDependentType())
9526       return;
9527 
9528     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9529       return;
9530 
9531     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9532       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9533                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9534                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9535         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9536         return;
9537       }
9538     } else {
9539       return;
9540     }
9541 
9542     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9543     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9544                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9545                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9546       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9547       return;
9548     }
9549 
9550     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9551     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9552     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9553     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9554     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9555     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9556     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9557     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9558     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9559     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9560     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9561       if (const RecordType *Record
9562             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9563         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9564         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9565         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9566         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9567         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9568           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9569       }
9570     }
9571 
9572     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9573     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9574     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9575     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9576     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9577     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9578     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9579     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9580     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9581     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9582     //   program is ill-formed.
9583     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9584     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9585     //   default-initialized; [...].
9586     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9587     InitializationKind Kind
9588       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9589 
9590     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9591     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9592     if (Init.isInvalid())
9593       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9594     else if (Init.get()) {
9595       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9596       // This is important for template substitution.
9597       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9598     }
9599 
9600     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9601   }
9602 }
9603 
9604 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9605   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9606   if (!VD) {
9607     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9608     D->setInvalidDecl();
9609     return;
9610   }
9611 
9612   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9613 
9614   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9615   int Error = -1;
9616   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9617   case SC_None:
9618     break;
9619   case SC_Extern:
9620     Error = 0;
9621     break;
9622   case SC_Static:
9623     Error = 1;
9624     break;
9625   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9626     Error = 2;
9627     break;
9628   case SC_Auto:
9629     Error = 3;
9630     break;
9631   case SC_Register:
9632     Error = 4;
9633     break;
9634   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9635     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9636   }
9637   if (Error != -1) {
9638     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9639       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9640     D->setInvalidDecl();
9641   }
9642 }
9643 
9644 StmtResult
9645 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9646                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9647                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9648                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9649   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9650   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9651   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9652   //   is equivalent to
9653   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9654   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9655 
9656   const char *PrevSpec;
9657   unsigned DiagID;
9658   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9659                      getPrintingPolicy());
9660 
9661   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9662   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9663   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9664 
9665   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9666   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9667                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9668   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9669   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9670   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9671   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9672                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9673 }
9674 
9675 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9676   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9677 
9678   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9679   // local retaining variable.
9680   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9681       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9682     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9683     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9684     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9685     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9686       break;
9687 
9688     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9689     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9690       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9691       break;
9692     }
9693   }
9694 
9695   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9696   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9697   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9698   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9699   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9700   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9701       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9702       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9703       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9704                                   var->getLocation())) {
9705     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9706     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9707     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9708       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9709 
9710     if (!prev)
9711       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9712   }
9713 
9714   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9715     const Expr *Culprit;
9716     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9717       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9718       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9719       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9720       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9721       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9722         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9723     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9724                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9725                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9726       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9727       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9728       //   initialization.
9729       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9730       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9731         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9732       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9733         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9734     }
9735 
9736   }
9737 
9738   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
9739   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
9740   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9741       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9742     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9743     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9744     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9745       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9746     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9747       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9748       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9749     } else {
9750       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9751       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9752     }
9753     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9754       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9755           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9756           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9757     }
9758     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9759       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9760         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9761 
9762     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9763     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9764     // attribute.
9765     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9766       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9767                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9768   }
9769 
9770   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9771   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9772 
9773   QualType type = var->getType();
9774   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9775 
9776   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9777   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9778     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9779     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9780 
9781     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9782     // constructing this copy.
9783     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9784       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9785       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9786       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9787       ExprResult result
9788         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9789             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9790             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9791       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9792         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9793         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9794         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9795       }
9796     }
9797   }
9798 
9799   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9800   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
9801   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9802 
9803   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9804       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9805     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9806         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9807                                     var->getLocation())) {
9808       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9809       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9810       // warned about them.
9811       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9812       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9813           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9814         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9815           << Init->getSourceRange();
9816     }
9817 
9818     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9819       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9820       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9821         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9822         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9823         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9824         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9825               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9826           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9827           Notes.clear();
9828         }
9829         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9830           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9831         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9832           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9833       }
9834     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9835       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9836       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9837       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9838       var->checkInitIsICE();
9839     }
9840   }
9841 
9842   // Require the destructor.
9843   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9844     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9845 }
9846 
9847 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
9848 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
9849   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
9850     return true;
9851   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
9852     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
9853       return true;
9854   return false;
9855 }
9856 
9857 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9858 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9859 void
9860 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9861   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9862   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9863 
9864   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9865   if (!VD)
9866     return;
9867 
9868   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9869 
9870   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
9871   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
9872   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
9873   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
9874     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
9875     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
9876     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
9877       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
9878       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
9879         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
9880           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
9881           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
9882       }
9883     }
9884   }
9885 
9886   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9887   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9888     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9889             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9890       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9891         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9892         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9893         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9894       }
9895     }
9896   }
9897 
9898   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9899   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9900 
9901   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9902   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9903     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9904         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9905       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9906       // with a warning.
9907       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9908         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9909       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9910           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9911           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9912 
9913       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9914            IsClassTemplateMember
9915                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9916                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9917       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9918       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9919         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9920     }
9921   }
9922 
9923   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9924   // isn't exported with the variable.
9925   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9926     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9927                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9928     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9929   }
9930 
9931   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9932     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9933       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9934       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9935     }
9936   }
9937 
9938   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9939   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9940   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9941   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9942     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9943 
9944   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9945   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9946       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9947     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9948 
9949   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9950   // tag values.
9951   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9952       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9953     return;
9954 
9955   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9956     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9957     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9958       continue;
9959     }
9960     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9961     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9962       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9963            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9964         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9965       continue;
9966     }
9967     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9968       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9969            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9970         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9971       continue;
9972     }
9973     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9974     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9975                                MagicValue,
9976                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9977                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9978                                I->getMustBeNull());
9979   }
9980 }
9981 
9982 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9983                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9984   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9985 
9986   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9987     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9988 
9989   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9990   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9991     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9992       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9993         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9994           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9995       Decls.push_back(D);
9996     }
9997 
9998   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9999     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
10000       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
10001       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
10002         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
10003     }
10004   }
10005 
10006   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
10007 }
10008 
10009 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
10010 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
10011 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
10012 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
10013                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10014   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
10015   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
10016   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
10017   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
10018   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
10019   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
10020   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
10021   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
10022     QualType Deduced;
10023     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
10024     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
10025     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10026       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
10027         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
10028         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
10029         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
10030           break;
10031         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
10032         if (!U.isNull()) {
10033           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
10034           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
10035             Deduced = U;
10036             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
10037             DeducedDecl = D;
10038           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
10039             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10040                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
10041               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
10042               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
10043               << U << D->getDeclName()
10044               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
10045               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
10046             D->setInvalidDecl();
10047             break;
10048           }
10049         }
10050       }
10051     }
10052   }
10053 
10054   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10055 
10056   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10057       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10058 }
10059 
10060 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10061   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10062 }
10063 
10064 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10065   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10066   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10067     return;
10068 
10069   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10070                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10071       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10072                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10073     return;
10074 
10075   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10076     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10077     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10078     // additional declaration references:
10079     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10080     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10081     //   'struct S *pS;'
10082     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10083     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10084     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10085       Group = Group.slice(1);
10086     }
10087   }
10088 
10089   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10090   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10091   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10092       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10093     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10094     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10095     //
10096     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10097     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10098     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10099     // ahead through comments.
10100     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10101       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10102   }
10103 }
10104 
10105 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10106 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10107 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10108   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10109 
10110   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10111 
10112   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10113   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10114   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10115     SC = SC_Register;
10116   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10117              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
10118     SC = SC_Auto;
10119   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
10120     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10121          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
10122     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
10123   }
10124 
10125   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10126     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
10127       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10128   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
10129     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
10130       << 0;
10131 
10132   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
10133 
10134   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10135   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
10136 
10137   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10138     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
10139     // parameter.
10140     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10141 
10142     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
10143     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
10144       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
10145         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
10146       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
10147     }
10148   }
10149 
10150   // Ensure we have a valid name
10151   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
10152   if (D.hasName()) {
10153     II = D.getIdentifier();
10154     if (!II) {
10155       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
10156         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
10157       D.setInvalidType(true);
10158     }
10159   }
10160 
10161   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
10162   if (II) {
10163     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
10164                    ForRedeclaration);
10165     LookupName(R, S);
10166     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
10167       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
10168       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10169         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10170         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10171         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10172         PrevDecl = nullptr;
10173       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10174         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
10175         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10176 
10177         // Recover by removing the name
10178         II = nullptr;
10179         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
10180         D.setInvalidType(true);
10181       }
10182     }
10183   }
10184 
10185   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
10186   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
10187   // looking like class members in C++.
10188   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10189                                     D.getLocStart(),
10190                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
10191                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
10192                                     SC);
10193 
10194   if (D.isInvalidType())
10195     New->setInvalidDecl();
10196 
10197   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
10198   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
10199   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
10200                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
10201 
10202   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
10203   S->AddDecl(New);
10204   if (II)
10205     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
10206 
10207   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
10208 
10209   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10210     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10211       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
10212       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10213       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10214 
10215   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10216     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
10217   }
10218   return New;
10219 }
10220 
10221 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
10222 /// typedef.
10223 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
10224                                               SourceLocation Loc,
10225                                               QualType T) {
10226   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
10227      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
10228      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
10229   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
10230                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
10231                                            SC_None, nullptr);
10232   Param->setImplicit();
10233   return Param;
10234 }
10235 
10236 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10237                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
10238   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
10239   // will already have done so in the template itself.
10240   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10241     return;
10242 
10243   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10244     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
10245         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
10246       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
10247         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
10248     }
10249   }
10250 }
10251 
10252 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
10253                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
10254                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
10255                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
10256   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
10257     return;
10258 
10259   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10260   // threshold.
10261   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
10262     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
10263     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10264       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
10265           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
10266   }
10267 
10268   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
10269   // threshold.
10270   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
10271     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
10272     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
10273       continue;
10274     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
10275     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
10276       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
10277           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
10278   }
10279 }
10280 
10281 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10282                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10283                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
10284                                   StorageClass SC) {
10285   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
10286   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
10287       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
10288       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
10289 
10290     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
10291 
10292     // Special cases for arrays:
10293     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
10294     //   - otherwise, it's an error
10295     if (T->isArrayType()) {
10296       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
10297         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
10298             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
10299             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
10300       }
10301       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
10302     } else {
10303       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
10304     }
10305     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
10306   }
10307 
10308   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
10309                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
10310                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
10311 
10312   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
10313   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
10314   // the class has been completely parsed.
10315   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
10316       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10317                              AbstractParamType))
10318     New->setInvalidDecl();
10319 
10320   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
10321   // passed by reference.
10322   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
10323     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
10324     Diag(NameLoc,
10325          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
10326       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10327     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10328     New->setType(T);
10329   }
10330 
10331   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10332   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10333   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10334   // an address space.
10335   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10336     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10337     // to be qualified with an address space.
10338     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10339       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10340       New->setInvalidDecl();
10341     }
10342   }
10343 
10344   return New;
10345 }
10346 
10347 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10348                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10349   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10350 
10351   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10352   // for a K&R function.
10353   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10354     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10355       --i;
10356       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10357         SmallString<256> Code;
10358         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10359             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10360         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10361             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10362             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
10363 
10364         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10365         // type.
10366         AttributeFactory attrs;
10367         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10368         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10369         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10370         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10371                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10372         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10373         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10374         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10375         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10376         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10377         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10378       }
10379     }
10380   }
10381 }
10382 
10383 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10384   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10385   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10386   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10387 
10388   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10389   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10390   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10391 }
10392 
10393 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10394   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10395 }
10396 
10397 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10398                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10399   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10400   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10401     return false;
10402 
10403   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10404   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10405     return false;
10406 
10407   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10408   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10409     return false;
10410 
10411   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10412   if (FD->isMain())
10413     return false;
10414 
10415   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10416   if (FD->isInlined())
10417     return false;
10418 
10419   // Don't warn about function templates.
10420   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10421     return false;
10422 
10423   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10424   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10425     return false;
10426 
10427   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10428   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10429     return false;
10430 
10431   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
10432   if (FD->isDeleted())
10433     return false;
10434 
10435   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10436   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10437        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10438     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10439     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10440     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10441       continue;
10442 
10443     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10444     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10445       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10446     break;
10447   }
10448 
10449   return MissingPrototype;
10450 }
10451 
10452 void
10453 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10454                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10455   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10456   // was an extern inline function.
10457   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10458   if (!Definition)
10459     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10460       return;
10461 
10462   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10463     return;
10464 
10465   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
10466   // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it.
10467   //
10468   // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition
10469   // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types
10470   // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types.
10471   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
10472       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
10473        Definition->isInlined() ||
10474        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
10475        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists()))
10476     return;
10477 
10478   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10479       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10480     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10481         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10482   else
10483     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10484 
10485   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10486   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10487 }
10488 
10489 
10490 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10491                                    Sema &S) {
10492   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10493 
10494   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10495   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10496   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10497   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10498   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10499 
10500   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10501     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10502   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10503     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10504   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10505     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10506   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10507 
10508   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10509   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10510 
10511   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10512   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10513   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10514   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10515     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10516       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10517       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10518         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10519       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10520       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10521       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10522           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
10523           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10524                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10525           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10526 
10527     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10528       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10529                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10530     } else {
10531       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10532     }
10533     ++I;
10534   }
10535 }
10536 
10537 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10538   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10539   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10540 
10541   if (!D)
10542     return D;
10543   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10544 
10545   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10546     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10547   else
10548     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10549   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10550   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10551   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10552   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10553   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10554   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10555   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10556   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10557   // have the LSI properly restored.
10558   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10559     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10560       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10561       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10562     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10563   }
10564   else
10565     // Enter a new function scope
10566     PushFunctionScope();
10567 
10568   // See if this is a redefinition.
10569   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10570     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10571 
10572   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10573   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10574     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10575         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10576       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10577       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10578     }
10579   }
10580 
10581   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10582   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10583   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10584   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10585       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10586       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10587                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10588     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10589 
10590   if (FnBodyScope)
10591     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10592 
10593   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10594   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10595                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10596 
10597   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10598   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10599     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10600 
10601     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10602     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10603       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10604 
10605       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10606     }
10607   }
10608 
10609   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10610   // introduce them into the function scope.
10611   if (FnBodyScope) {
10612     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10613              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10614              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10615          I != E; ++I) {
10616       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10617 
10618       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
10619       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
10620       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
10621       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10622         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10623         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10624           if (DI == D) {
10625             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10626             break;
10627           }
10628         }
10629         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10630         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10631       }
10632 
10633       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10634       if (!D->getName().empty())
10635         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10636 
10637       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10638       // accessible in this scope.
10639       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10640         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10641           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10642       }
10643     }
10644   }
10645 
10646   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10647   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10648     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10649 
10650   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10651   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10652       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10653     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10654     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10655     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10656     return D;
10657   }
10658   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10659   // a function template).
10660   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10661   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10662       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10663       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10664     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10665 
10666   return D;
10667 }
10668 
10669 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10670 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10671 /// optimization.
10672 ///
10673 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10674 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10675 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10676 /// use the named return value optimization.
10677 ///
10678 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10679 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10680 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10681 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10682   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10683 
10684   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10685     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10686       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10687         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10688     }
10689   }
10690 }
10691 
10692 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10693   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10694   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10695     return false;
10696 
10697   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10698   // return type (yet).
10699   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10700     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10701     // we can still delay parsing it.
10702     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10703       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10704       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10705           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10706         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10707         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10708       }
10709     }
10710     return false;
10711   }
10712 
10713   return true;
10714 }
10715 
10716 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10717   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10718   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10719   // rest of the file.
10720   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10721   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10722   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10723     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10724       return false;
10725   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10726 }
10727 
10728 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10729   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10730     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10731   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10732     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10733   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10734 }
10735 
10736 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10737   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10738 }
10739 
10740 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10741                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10742   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10743 
10744   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10745   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10746 
10747   if (FD) {
10748     FD->setBody(Body);
10749 
10750     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10751         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10752       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10753       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10754       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10755       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10756         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10757             << FD->getReturnType();
10758         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10759       } else {
10760         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10761         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10762         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10763             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10764       }
10765     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
10766       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
10767       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
10768         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
10769 
10770         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
10771         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
10772         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
10773         QualType RetType =
10774             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
10775 
10776         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
10777         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
10778             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10779         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
10780                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
10781       }
10782     }
10783 
10784     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10785     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10786     // is the first declaration.
10787     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10788       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10789         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10790       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10791                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
10792                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10793         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10794     }
10795 
10796     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10797     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10798     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10799       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10800 
10801     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10802     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10803     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10804       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10805 
10806     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10807       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10808       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
10809         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10810       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10811                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10812 
10813       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
10814       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10815         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10816       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
10817         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
10818 
10819       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10820       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10821       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10822       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10823           !FD->isDependentContext())
10824         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10825     }
10826 
10827     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10828     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10829     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10830     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10831     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10832     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10833     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10834       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10835 
10836       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10837         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10838         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10839         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10840                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10841           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10842           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10843             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10844                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10845                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10846                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10847         }
10848       }
10849     }
10850 
10851     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
10852       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
10853       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
10854           MD->isVirtual() &&
10855           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
10856           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
10857         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
10858         if (FD->isInlined() &&
10859             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
10860           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
10861 
10862           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
10863           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
10864           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
10865           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
10866           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
10867             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10868         } else {
10869           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
10870           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
10871         }
10872       }
10873     }
10874 
10875     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10876            "Function parsing confused");
10877   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10878     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10879     MD->setBody(Body);
10880     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10881       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10882       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10883                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10884 
10885       if (Body)
10886         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10887     }
10888     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10889       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10890         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10891       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10892     }
10893     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10894       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10895       bool isDesignated =
10896           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10897       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10898       (void)isDesignated;
10899 
10900       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10901         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10902         if (!IFace)
10903           return false;
10904         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10905         if (!SuperD)
10906           return false;
10907         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10908             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10909       };
10910       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10911       // of NSObject.
10912       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10913         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10914              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10915         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10916              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10917       }
10918       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10919     }
10920     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10921       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10922       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10923         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10924              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10925       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10926     }
10927   } else {
10928     return nullptr;
10929   }
10930 
10931   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10932          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10933          "handled in the block above.");
10934 
10935   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10936   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
10937     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10938     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10939     // Verify this.
10940     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10941       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10942 
10943     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10944     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10945         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10946       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10947 
10948     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10949       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10950         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10951 
10952       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10953                                              Destructor->getParent());
10954     }
10955 
10956     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10957     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10958     // deletion in some later function.
10959     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10960         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10961       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10962     }
10963     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10964         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10965       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10966       // enabled.
10967       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10968     }
10969 
10970     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10971         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10972          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10973       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10974 
10975     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10976       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10977         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10978           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10979           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10980           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10981           break;
10982         }
10983       }
10984     }
10985 
10986     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
10987                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
10988            "Leftover temporaries in function");
10989     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10990     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10991            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10992   }
10993 
10994   if (!IsInstantiation)
10995     PopDeclContext();
10996 
10997   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10998   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10999   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11000   // deletion in some later function.
11001   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
11002     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11003   }
11004 
11005   return dcl;
11006 }
11007 
11008 
11009 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
11010 /// relevant Decl.
11011 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
11012                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
11013   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
11014   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
11015     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
11016   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
11017 
11018   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
11019     if (Method->isStatic())
11020       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
11021 }
11022 
11023 
11024 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
11025 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
11026 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
11027                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
11028   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
11029   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
11030   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
11031   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
11032   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
11033     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
11034     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11035     return ExternCPrev;
11036   }
11037 
11038   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
11039   unsigned diag_id;
11040   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
11041     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
11042   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
11043     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
11044   else
11045     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
11046   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
11047 
11048   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11049   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11050   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11051     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11052     if (S &&
11053         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11054              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11055              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11056       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11057                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11058   }
11059 
11060   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11061   const char *Dummy;
11062   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11063   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11064   unsigned DiagID;
11065   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11066                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11067   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11068   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11069   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11070   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11071   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11072                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11073                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11074                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11075                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11076                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11077                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11078                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11079                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11080                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11081                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11082                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11083                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11084                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
11085                                              EST_None,
11086                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
11087                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
11088                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
11089                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
11090                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
11091                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
11092                                              Loc, Loc, D),
11093                 DS.getAttributes(),
11094                 SourceLocation());
11095   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
11096 
11097   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
11098 
11099   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
11100   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
11101 
11102   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
11103   FD->setImplicit();
11104 
11105   CurContext = PrevDC;
11106 
11107   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
11108 
11109   return FD;
11110 }
11111 
11112 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
11113 /// the declaration of this function.
11114 ///
11115 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
11116 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
11117 /// like NSLog or printf.
11118 ///
11119 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
11120 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
11121 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11122   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11123     return;
11124 
11125   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
11126   // actual attributes.
11127   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11128     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
11129     unsigned FormatIdx;
11130     bool HasVAListArg;
11131     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
11132       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
11133         const char *fmt = "printf";
11134         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
11135         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
11136             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11137           fmt = "NSString";
11138         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11139                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
11140                                                FormatIdx+1,
11141                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11142                                                FD->getLocation()));
11143       }
11144     }
11145     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
11146                                              HasVAListArg)) {
11147      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11148        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11149                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
11150                                               FormatIdx+1,
11151                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
11152                                               FD->getLocation()));
11153     }
11154 
11155     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
11156     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
11157     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
11158     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
11159         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
11160       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11161         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11162     }
11163 
11164     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
11165         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
11166       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11167                                          FD->getLocation()));
11168     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
11169       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11170     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
11171       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
11172   }
11173 
11174   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
11175   if (!Name)
11176     return;
11177   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11178        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
11179       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
11180        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
11181        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
11182     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
11183     // about.
11184   } else
11185     return;
11186 
11187   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
11188     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
11189     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
11190     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
11191       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11192                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
11193                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
11194                                              FD->getLocation()));
11195   }
11196 
11197   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
11198     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
11199     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
11200     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
11201       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
11202                                                 FD->getLocation()));
11203   }
11204 }
11205 
11206 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
11207                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
11208   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
11209   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
11210 
11211   if (!TInfo) {
11212     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
11213     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
11214   }
11215 
11216   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
11217   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11218                                            D.getLocStart(),
11219                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
11220                                            D.getIdentifier(),
11221                                            TInfo);
11222 
11223   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
11224   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
11225     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
11226     return NewTD;
11227   }
11228 
11229   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
11230     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
11231       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11232         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
11233         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11234         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11235     else
11236       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
11237   }
11238 
11239   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
11240   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
11241   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
11242   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
11243   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
11244   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
11245   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
11246   case TST_enum:
11247   case TST_struct:
11248   case TST_interface:
11249   case TST_union:
11250   case TST_class: {
11251     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
11252     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
11253     break;
11254   }
11255 
11256   default:
11257     break;
11258   }
11259 
11260   return NewTD;
11261 }
11262 
11263 
11264 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
11265 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
11266   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11267   QualType T = TI->getType();
11268 
11269   if (T->isDependentType())
11270     return false;
11271 
11272   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
11273     if (BT->isInteger())
11274       return false;
11275 
11276   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
11277   return true;
11278 }
11279 
11280 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
11281 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
11282 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
11283                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
11284                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
11285   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
11286 
11287   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
11288     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
11289       << Prev->isScoped();
11290     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11291     return true;
11292   }
11293 
11294   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
11295     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
11296         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
11297         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
11298                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
11299       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
11300       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
11301         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
11302       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
11303           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
11304       return true;
11305     }
11306   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
11307     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
11308       << Prev->isFixed();
11309     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11310     return true;
11311   }
11312 
11313   return false;
11314 }
11315 
11316 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
11317 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
11318 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
11319 ///
11320 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
11321 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
11322   switch (Tag) {
11323   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
11324   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
11325   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
11326   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
11327   }
11328 }
11329 
11330 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
11331 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
11332 ///
11333 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
11334 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
11335 {
11336   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
11337 }
11338 
11339 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
11340 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
11341 ///
11342 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
11343 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
11344                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
11345                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
11346                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
11347   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
11348   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
11349   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
11350   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
11351   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
11352   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
11353   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
11354   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11355   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11356   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11357   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11358   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11359   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11360   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11361   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11362     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11363       return true;
11364 
11365   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11366     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11367     bool isTemplate = false;
11368     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11369       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11370 
11371     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11372       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11373       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11374       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11375         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11376         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11377       return true;
11378     }
11379 
11380     if (isDefinition) {
11381       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11382       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11383       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11384         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11385         return true;
11386       }
11387 
11388       bool previousMismatch = false;
11389       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11390         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11391           if (!previousMismatch) {
11392             previousMismatch = true;
11393             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11394               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11395               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11396           }
11397           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11398             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11399             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11400                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11401         }
11402       }
11403       return true;
11404     }
11405 
11406     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11407     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11408     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11409     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11410                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11411     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11412       return true;
11413     }
11414 
11415     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11416       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
11417       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11418     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11419 
11420     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11421     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11422         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11423           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11424           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11425                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11426     }
11427 
11428     return true;
11429   }
11430   return false;
11431 }
11432 
11433 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11434 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11435 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11436 ///   namespace N {
11437 ///     struct X;
11438 ///     namespace M {
11439 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11440 ///     }
11441 ///   }
11442 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11443                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11444   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11445   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11446   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11447   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11448   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11449   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11450     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11451     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11452     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11453     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11454       return FixItHint();
11455     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11456     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11457     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11458         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11459     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11460       break;
11461   }
11462 
11463   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11464   // build an NNS.
11465   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11466   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11467   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11468     OS << "::";
11469   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11470   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11471     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11472   OS.flush();
11473   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11474 }
11475 
11476 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
11477 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
11478 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
11479 /// using-declaration).
11480 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
11481                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
11482   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
11483   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
11484 
11485   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
11486     return true;
11487 
11488   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
11489   // encloses the other).
11490   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
11491       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
11492     return true;
11493 
11494   return false;
11495 }
11496 
11497 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11498 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11499 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11500 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11501 ///
11502 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
11503 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11504 ///
11505 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
11506 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
11507 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11508                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11509                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11510                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11511                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11512                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11513                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11514                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11515                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11516                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11517                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11518   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11519   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11520   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11521          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11522   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11523 
11524   OwnedDecl = false;
11525   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11526   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11527 
11528   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11529   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11530   bool Invalid = false;
11531 
11532   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11533   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11534   // for non-C++ cases.
11535   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11536       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11537     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11538             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11539                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11540                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11541       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11542         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11543         return nullptr;
11544       }
11545 
11546       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11547         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11548         // be a member of another template).
11549 
11550         if (Invalid)
11551           return nullptr;
11552 
11553         OwnedDecl = false;
11554         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11555                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11556                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11557                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11558                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11559                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11560                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
11561                                                SkipBody);
11562         return Result.get();
11563       } else {
11564         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11565         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11566           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11567         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11568       }
11569     }
11570   }
11571 
11572   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11573   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11574   // redeclaration.
11575   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11576 
11577   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11578     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11579       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11580       // type, default to int.
11581       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11582     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11583       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11584       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11585       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11586       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11587       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11588 
11589       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11590         // Recover by falling back to int.
11591         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11592 
11593       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11594                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11595         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11596 
11597     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11598       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11599       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11600   }
11601 
11602   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11603   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11604   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11605 
11606   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11607   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11608     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11609 
11610   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11611   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11612     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11613 
11614     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11615     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11616       Name = nullptr;
11617       goto CreateNewDecl;
11618     }
11619 
11620     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11621     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11622     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11623       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11624       if (!DC) {
11625         IsDependent = true;
11626         return nullptr;
11627       }
11628     } else {
11629       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11630       if (!DC) {
11631         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11632           << SS.getRange();
11633         return nullptr;
11634       }
11635     }
11636 
11637     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11638       return nullptr;
11639 
11640     SearchDC = DC;
11641     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11642     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11643 
11644     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11645       return nullptr;
11646 
11647     if (Previous.empty()) {
11648       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11649       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11650       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11651       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11652       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11653       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11654       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11655           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11656         IsDependent = true;
11657         return nullptr;
11658       }
11659 
11660       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11661       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11662         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11663       Name = nullptr;
11664       Invalid = true;
11665       goto CreateNewDecl;
11666     }
11667   } else if (Name) {
11668     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
11669     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
11670     //   name different from T:
11671     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
11672     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11673         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
11674       return nullptr;
11675 
11676     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11677     // declaration or definition.
11678     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11679     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11680     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11681     LookupName(Previous, S);
11682 
11683     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11684     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11685     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11686         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11687       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11688       while (F.hasNext()) {
11689         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11690         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11691           F.erase();
11692       }
11693       F.done();
11694     }
11695 
11696     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11697     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11698     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11699     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11700     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11701     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11702     //
11703     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11704     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11705     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11706     //
11707     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11708     // semantic context?
11709     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11710       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11711       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11712       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11713       while (F.hasNext()) {
11714         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11715         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11716         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11717             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11718           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11719             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11720           else
11721             F.erase();
11722         }
11723       }
11724       F.done();
11725 
11726       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11727       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11728       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11729         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11730         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11731             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11732       }
11733     }
11734 
11735     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11736     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11737       return nullptr;
11738 
11739     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11740       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11741       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11742       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11743       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11744       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11745         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11746     }
11747   }
11748 
11749   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11750       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11751     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11752     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11753     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11754     Previous.clear();
11755   }
11756 
11757   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11758       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11759     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11760     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11761 
11762     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11763       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11764       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11765       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11766       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11767     }
11768   }
11769 
11770   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11771   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11772   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11773   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11774   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11775       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11776     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11777     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11778 
11779     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11780       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11781       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11782       //
11783       //          class-key identifier
11784       //
11785       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11786       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11787       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11788       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11789       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11790       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11791       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11792       //      declaration.
11793       //
11794       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11795       // C structs and unions.
11796       //
11797       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11798       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11799       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11800       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11801       //
11802       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11803       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11804       //
11805       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11806       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11807       // lexical context,
11808       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11809         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11810 
11811       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11812       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11813              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11814               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11815              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11816              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11817         S = S->getParent();
11818     } else {
11819       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11820       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11821       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11822       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11823       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11824       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11825     }
11826 
11827     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11828     // diagnose some problems.
11829     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11830       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11831       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11832     }
11833   }
11834 
11835   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
11836   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
11837     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
11838 
11839   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11840     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11841     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11842 
11843     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11844     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11845     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11846     // in C++.
11847     //
11848     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11849     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11850     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11851     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11852     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11853       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11854         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11855           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11856           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11857               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11858                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11859             PrevDecl = Tag;
11860             Previous.clear();
11861             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11862             Previous.resolveKind();
11863           }
11864         }
11865       }
11866     }
11867 
11868     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
11869     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
11870     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
11871     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
11872       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
11873       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
11874           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
11875           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
11876                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
11877         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
11878         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
11879              diag::note_using_decl_target);
11880         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
11881             << 0;
11882         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
11883         Previous.clear();
11884         goto CreateNewDecl;
11885       }
11886     }
11887 
11888     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11889       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11890       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11891       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11892       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11893           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11894                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11895         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11896         // struct or something similar.
11897         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11898                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11899                                           Name)) {
11900           bool SafeToContinue
11901             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11902                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11903           if (SafeToContinue)
11904             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11905               << Name
11906               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11907                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11908           else
11909             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11910           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11911 
11912           if (SafeToContinue)
11913             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11914           else {
11915             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11916             Name = nullptr;
11917             Previous.clear();
11918             Invalid = true;
11919           }
11920         }
11921 
11922         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11923           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11924 
11925           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11926           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11927           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11928             if (ScopedEnum)
11929               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11930                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11931                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11932             return PrevTagDecl;
11933           }
11934 
11935           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11936           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11937             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11938           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11939             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11940 
11941           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11942           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11943           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11944           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11945                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11946             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11947         }
11948 
11949         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11950         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11951         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11952         //   and then later defined.
11953         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11954             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11955           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11956           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11957         }
11958 
11959         if (!Invalid) {
11960           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11961           // we have attributes.
11962 
11963           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11964           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11965           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11966           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11967           if (!Attr &&
11968               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11969                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11970                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11971             return PrevTagDecl;
11972 
11973           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11974           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11975             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11976               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11977               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11978               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11979               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11980               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11981                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11982                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11983                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11984                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11985                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11986                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11987                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11988                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11989               }
11990 
11991               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
11992               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11993                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
11994                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
11995                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
11996                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
11997                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
11998                 // use it in place of this one.
11999                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
12000                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
12001                 return Def;
12002               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
12003                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
12004                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
12005                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
12006                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
12007                 else
12008                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
12009                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12010                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
12011                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
12012                 // references get the previous definition.
12013                 Name = nullptr;
12014                 Previous.clear();
12015                 Invalid = true;
12016               }
12017             } else {
12018               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
12019               // about a nested redefinition.
12020               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
12021               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
12022                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
12023                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
12024                      diag::note_previous_definition);
12025                 Name = nullptr;
12026                 Previous.clear();
12027                 Invalid = true;
12028               }
12029             }
12030 
12031             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
12032             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
12033           }
12034 
12035           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
12036           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
12037           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
12038           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12039             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
12040             AS = AS_none;
12041           }
12042         }
12043         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
12044         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
12045 
12046       } else {
12047         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
12048         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
12049         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
12050         // have distinct types.
12051         Previous.clear();
12052       }
12053       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
12054       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
12055       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
12056 
12057 
12058     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
12059     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
12060     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
12061     } else {
12062       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
12063       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
12064       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
12065       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
12066           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
12067         unsigned Kind = 0;
12068         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12069         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12070         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12071         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
12072         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
12073         Invalid = true;
12074 
12075       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
12076       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12077                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12078         // do nothing
12079 
12080       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
12081       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12082         unsigned Kind = 0;
12083         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12084         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
12085         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
12086         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
12087         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12088         Invalid = true;
12089 
12090       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
12091       // case here.
12092       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12093         unsigned Kind = 0;
12094         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
12095         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
12096           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
12097         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
12098         Invalid = true;
12099 
12100       // Otherwise, diagnose.
12101       } else {
12102         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
12103         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
12104         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
12105         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12106         Name = nullptr;
12107         Invalid = true;
12108       }
12109 
12110       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
12111       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
12112       Previous.clear();
12113     }
12114   }
12115 
12116 CreateNewDecl:
12117 
12118   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12119   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
12120     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
12121 
12122   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
12123   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
12124   // keyword.
12125   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
12126 
12127   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
12128   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
12129   // PrevDecl.
12130   TagDecl *New;
12131 
12132   bool IsForwardReference = false;
12133   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12134     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12135     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
12136     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12137                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
12138                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
12139     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
12140     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
12141       TagDecl *Def;
12142       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
12143           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
12144         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
12145         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
12146       }
12147       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
12148         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
12149           << New;
12150         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12151       } else {
12152         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
12153         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12154           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
12155         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12156           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
12157         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
12158 
12159         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
12160         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
12161         // the declaration context.
12162         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
12163           IsForwardReference = true;
12164       }
12165     }
12166 
12167     if (EnumUnderlying) {
12168       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
12169       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12170         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
12171       else
12172         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
12173       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
12174     }
12175 
12176   } else {
12177     // struct/union/class
12178 
12179     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
12180     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
12181     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12182       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
12183       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12184                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12185 
12186       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
12187         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
12188     } else
12189       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
12190                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
12191   }
12192 
12193   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
12194   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
12195   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12196     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
12197       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12198     Invalid = true;
12199   }
12200 
12201   // Maybe add qualifier info.
12202   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12203     if (SS.isSet()) {
12204       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
12205       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
12206       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
12207       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
12208       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
12209       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
12210           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
12211           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
12212         Invalid = true;
12213 
12214       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
12215       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
12216         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
12217                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
12218                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
12219       }
12220     }
12221     else
12222       Invalid = true;
12223   }
12224 
12225   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
12226     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
12227     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
12228     //
12229     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
12230     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
12231     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
12232     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
12233     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
12234     // parsing of the struct).
12235     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12236       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
12237       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
12238     }
12239   }
12240 
12241   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
12242     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
12243       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
12244         << 2
12245         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
12246     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
12247     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
12248     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
12249     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12250       New->setModulePrivate();
12251   }
12252 
12253   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
12254   // check the specialization.
12255   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
12256     Invalid = true;
12257 
12258   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
12259   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
12260   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
12261   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
12262       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
12263     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12264       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
12265       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
12266       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
12267         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
12268             << Name;
12269         Invalid = true;
12270       }
12271     } else {
12272       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
12273     }
12274     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
12275   }
12276 
12277   if (Invalid)
12278     New->setInvalidDecl();
12279 
12280   if (Attr)
12281     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12282 
12283   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
12284   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
12285   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
12286 
12287   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
12288   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
12289   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
12290   // the tag name visible.
12291   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
12292     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
12293 
12294   // Set the access specifier.
12295   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
12296     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
12297 
12298   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
12299     New->startDefinition();
12300 
12301   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12302   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12303     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
12304     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
12305     if (PrevDecl)
12306       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
12307 
12308     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12309     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12310     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
12311       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
12312         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
12313   } else if (Name) {
12314     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12315     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
12316     if (IsForwardReference)
12317       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
12318 
12319   } else {
12320     CurContext->addDecl(New);
12321   }
12322 
12323   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
12324   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
12325     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
12326         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
12327         II->isStr("FILE"))
12328       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
12329 
12330   if (PrevDecl)
12331     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
12332 
12333   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12334   // record.
12335   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
12336 
12337   OwnedDecl = true;
12338   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
12339   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
12340   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
12341 }
12342 
12343 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12344   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12345   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12346 
12347   // Enter the tag context.
12348   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
12349 
12350   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
12351 
12352   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
12353   // record.
12354   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
12355 }
12356 
12357 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
12358   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
12359          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
12360   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
12361   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
12362       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
12363   CurContext = OCD;
12364   return IDecl;
12365 }
12366 
12367 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12368                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
12369                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
12370                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
12371   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12372   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
12373 
12374   FieldCollector->StartClass();
12375 
12376   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
12377     return;
12378 
12379   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
12380     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
12381                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
12382 
12383   // C++ [class]p2:
12384   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
12385   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
12386   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
12387   //   as if it were a public member name.
12388   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
12389     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
12390                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
12391                             Record->getIdentifier(),
12392                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
12393                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
12394   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
12395   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
12396   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
12397   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
12398       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
12399   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
12400   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
12401          "Broken injected-class-name");
12402 }
12403 
12404 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
12405                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
12406   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12407   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12408   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
12409 
12410   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12411   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12412     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
12413     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12414       RD->completeDefinition();
12415   }
12416 
12417   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
12418     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
12419 
12420   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12421   PopDeclContext();
12422 
12423   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12424       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12425     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12426 
12427   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12428   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12429     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12430 }
12431 
12432 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12433   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12434   PopDeclContext();
12435 }
12436 
12437 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12438   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12439   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12440   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12441 }
12442 
12443 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12444   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12445   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12446 }
12447 
12448 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12449   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12450   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12451   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12452 
12453   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12454   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12455     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12456       RD->completeDefinition();
12457   }
12458 
12459   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12460   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12461   // the FieldCollector.
12462 
12463   PopDeclContext();
12464 }
12465 
12466 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12467 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12468                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12469                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12470                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12471   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12472   if (ZeroWidth)
12473     *ZeroWidth = true;
12474 
12475   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12476   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12477   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12478     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12479     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12480       return ExprError();
12481     if (FieldName)
12482       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12483         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12484     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12485       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12486   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12487                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12488     return ExprError();
12489 
12490   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12491   // it now.
12492   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12493     return BitWidth;
12494 
12495   llvm::APSInt Value;
12496   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12497   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12498     return ICE;
12499   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12500 
12501   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12502     *ZeroWidth = false;
12503 
12504   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12505   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12506     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12507 
12508   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12509     if (FieldName)
12510       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12511                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12512     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12513       << Value.toString(10);
12514   }
12515 
12516   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12517     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12518     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12519       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12520           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12521         if (FieldName)
12522           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12523             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12524             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12525 
12526         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12527           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12528       }
12529 
12530       if (FieldName)
12531         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12532           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12533           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12534       else
12535         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12536           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12537     }
12538   }
12539 
12540   return BitWidth;
12541 }
12542 
12543 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12544 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12545 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12546                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12547   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12548                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12549                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12550   return Res;
12551 }
12552 
12553 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12554 ///
12555 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12556                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12557                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12558                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12559                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12560   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12561   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12562   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12563 
12564   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12565   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12566   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12567     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12568 
12569     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12570                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12571       D.setInvalidType();
12572       T = Context.IntTy;
12573       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12574     }
12575   }
12576 
12577   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12578   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12579     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12580     D.setInvalidType();
12581   }
12582 
12583   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12584   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12585   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12586     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12587     D.setInvalidType();
12588   }
12589 
12590   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12591 
12592   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12593     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12594          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12595       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12596 
12597   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12598   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12599   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12600   LookupName(Previous, S);
12601   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12602     case LookupResult::Found:
12603     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12604       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12605       break;
12606 
12607     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12608       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12609       break;
12610 
12611     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12612     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12613     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12614       break;
12615   }
12616   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12617 
12618   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12619     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12620     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12621     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12622     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12623   }
12624 
12625   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12626     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12627 
12628   bool Mutable
12629     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12630   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12631   FieldDecl *NewFD
12632     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12633                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12634 
12635   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12636     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12637 
12638   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12639     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12640 
12641   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12642     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12643     // with the same name in the same scope.
12644   } else if (II) {
12645     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12646   } else
12647     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12648 
12649   return NewFD;
12650 }
12651 
12652 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12653 ///
12654 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12655 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12656 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12657 /// created.
12658 ///
12659 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12660 ///
12661 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12662 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12663                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12664                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12665                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12666                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12667                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12668                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12669                                 Declarator *D) {
12670   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12671   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12672   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12673 
12674   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12675   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12676   if (T.isNull()) {
12677     InvalidDecl = true;
12678     T = Context.IntTy;
12679   }
12680 
12681   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12682   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12683     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12684       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12685       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12686       InvalidDecl = true;
12687     } else {
12688       NamedDecl *Def;
12689       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12690       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12691         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12692         InvalidDecl = true;
12693       }
12694     }
12695   }
12696 
12697   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12698   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12699     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12700     InvalidDecl = true;
12701   }
12702 
12703   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12704   // than a variably modified type.
12705   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12706     bool SizeIsNegative;
12707     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12708 
12709     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12710       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12711                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12712                                                     Oversized);
12713     if (FixedTInfo) {
12714       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12715       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12716       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12717     } else {
12718       if (SizeIsNegative)
12719         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12720       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12721         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12722           << Oversized.toString(10);
12723       else
12724         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12725       InvalidDecl = true;
12726     }
12727   }
12728 
12729   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12730   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12731                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12732                                              AbstractFieldType))
12733     InvalidDecl = true;
12734 
12735   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12736   if (InvalidDecl)
12737     BitWidth = nullptr;
12738   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12739   if (BitWidth) {
12740     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12741                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12742     if (!BitWidth) {
12743       InvalidDecl = true;
12744       BitWidth = nullptr;
12745       ZeroWidth = false;
12746     }
12747   }
12748 
12749   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12750   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12751     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12752     if (T->isReferenceType())
12753       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
12754                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
12755     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12756       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12757 
12758     if (DiagID) {
12759       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12760       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12761         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12762       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12763       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
12764         Mutable = false;
12765         InvalidDecl = true;
12766       }
12767     }
12768   }
12769 
12770   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12771   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12772   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12773   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12774     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12775 
12776   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12777                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12778   if (InvalidDecl)
12779     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12780 
12781   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12782     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12783     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12784     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12785   }
12786 
12787   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12788     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12789       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12790         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12791         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12792           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12793           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12794           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12795           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12796           // objects.
12797           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12798             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12799         }
12800       }
12801 
12802       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12803       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12804       // enabled.
12805       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12806         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12807                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12808                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12809           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12810         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12811           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12812       }
12813     }
12814   }
12815 
12816   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12817   // representation, not a parser representation.
12818   if (D) {
12819     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12820     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12821 
12822     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12823       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12824   }
12825 
12826   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12827   // retainable type.
12828   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12829     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12830 
12831   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12832     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12833 
12834   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12835   return NewFD;
12836 }
12837 
12838 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12839   assert(FD);
12840   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12841 
12842   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12843     return false;
12844 
12845   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12846   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12847     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12848     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12849       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12850       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12851       // copy constructors.
12852 
12853       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12854       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12855       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12856       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12857       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12858       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12859       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12860         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12861       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12862         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12863       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12864         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12865       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12866         member = CXXDestructor;
12867 
12868       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12869         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12870             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12871           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12872           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12873           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12874           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12875           // members unavailable.
12876           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12877           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12878             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12879               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12880                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12881                                   Loc));
12882             return false;
12883           }
12884         }
12885 
12886         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12887                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12888                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12889           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12890         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12891         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12892       }
12893     }
12894   }
12895 
12896   return false;
12897 }
12898 
12899 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12900 ///  AST enum value.
12901 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12902 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12903   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12904   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12905   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12906   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12907   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12908   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12909   }
12910 }
12911 
12912 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12913 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12914 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12915                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12916                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12917                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12918 
12919   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12920   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12921   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12922   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12923 
12924   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12925   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12926 
12927   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12928   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12929 
12930   if (BitWidth) {
12931     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12932     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12933     if (!BitWidth)
12934       D.setInvalidType();
12935   } else {
12936     // Not a bitfield.
12937 
12938     // validate II.
12939 
12940   }
12941   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12942     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12943     D.setInvalidType();
12944   }
12945   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12946   // than a variably modified type.
12947   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12948     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12949     D.setInvalidType();
12950   }
12951 
12952   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12953   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12954     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12955                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12956   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12957   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12958   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12959     return nullptr;
12960   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12961   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12962       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12963     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12964     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12965       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12966       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12967     }
12968     else
12969       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12970   } else {
12971     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12972         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12973       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12974         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12975         return nullptr;
12976       }
12977     }
12978     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12979   }
12980 
12981   // Construct the decl.
12982   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12983                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12984                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12985 
12986   if (II) {
12987     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12988                                            ForRedeclaration);
12989     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12990         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12991       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12992       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12993       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12994     }
12995   }
12996 
12997   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12998   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12999 
13000   if (D.isInvalidType())
13001     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13002 
13003   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
13004   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
13005     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
13006 
13007   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13008     NewID->setModulePrivate();
13009 
13010   if (II) {
13011     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
13012     // these to the interface.
13013     S->AddDecl(NewID);
13014     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
13015   }
13016 
13017   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
13018       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
13019     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
13020 
13021   return NewID;
13022 }
13023 
13024 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
13025 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
13026 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
13027 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
13028 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
13029                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
13030   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
13031     return;
13032 
13033   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
13034   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
13035 
13036   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
13037     return;
13038   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
13039   if (!ID) {
13040     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
13041       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
13042         return;
13043     }
13044     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
13045     else
13046       return;
13047   }
13048   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
13049   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
13050   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
13051 
13052   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
13053                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
13054                               Context.CharTy,
13055                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
13056                                                                DeclLoc),
13057                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
13058                               true);
13059   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
13060 }
13061 
13062 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
13063                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
13064                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
13065   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
13066 
13067   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
13068   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
13069   // it will now change.
13070   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13071     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13072     switch (DC->getKind()) {
13073     default: break;
13074     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
13075       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13076       break;
13077     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
13078       Context.
13079         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
13080       break;
13081     }
13082   }
13083 
13084   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
13085 
13086   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
13087   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
13088   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
13089   if (Record) {
13090     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
13091       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
13092         if (IFD->getDeclName())
13093           ++NumNamedMembers;
13094     }
13095   }
13096 
13097   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
13098   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
13099 
13100   bool ARCErrReported = false;
13101   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
13102        i != end; ++i) {
13103     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
13104 
13105     // Get the type for the field.
13106     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
13107 
13108     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
13109       // Remember all fields written by the user.
13110       RecFields.push_back(FD);
13111     }
13112 
13113     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
13114     // diagnostics about it.
13115     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13116       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13117       continue;
13118     }
13119 
13120     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
13121     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
13122     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
13123     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
13124     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
13125     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
13126     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
13127     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
13128     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
13129     //   array.
13130     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
13131       // Field declared as a function.
13132       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
13133         << FD->getDeclName();
13134       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13135       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13136       continue;
13137     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
13138                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
13139                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
13140                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
13141                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
13142       // Flexible array member.
13143       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
13144       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
13145       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
13146       unsigned DiagID = 0;
13147       if (Record->isUnion())
13148         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13149                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
13150                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13151                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
13152                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
13153       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
13154         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
13155                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
13156                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13157                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
13158                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
13159                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
13160                                  : 0;
13161 
13162       if (DiagID)
13163         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
13164                                         << Record->getTagKind();
13165       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
13166       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
13167       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
13168       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
13169       // of the type.
13170       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
13171         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
13172           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
13173             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13174       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
13175         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
13176           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
13177 
13178       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
13179       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
13180       //
13181       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
13182       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
13183       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13184       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
13185         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
13186           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13187         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13188         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13189         continue;
13190       }
13191       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
13192       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13193     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
13194                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13195                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13196       // Incomplete type
13197       FD->setInvalidDecl();
13198       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
13199       continue;
13200     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13201       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13202         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
13203         // flexible array member.
13204         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
13205         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
13206           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
13207           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
13208           // structures.
13209           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
13210             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
13211               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
13212           else {
13213             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
13214             // other structs as an extension.
13215             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
13216               << FD->getDeclName();
13217           }
13218         }
13219       }
13220       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
13221           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
13222                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13223                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
13224         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
13225         FD->setInvalidDecl();
13226       }
13227       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13228         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13229       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
13230         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13231     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
13232       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
13233       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
13234         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
13235       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
13236       FD->setType(T);
13237     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
13238                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
13239       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
13240       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
13241       // so we just make the field unavailable.
13242       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
13243       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
13244       QualType T = FD->getType();
13245       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
13246       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
13247         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
13248         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
13249           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
13250             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
13251                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
13252                               loc));
13253           }
13254         } else {
13255           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
13256             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
13257         }
13258         ARCErrReported = true;
13259       }
13260     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
13261                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
13262                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
13263       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13264           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
13265         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13266       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
13267         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13268         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
13269             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
13270           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13271         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
13272                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
13273                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
13274       }
13275     }
13276     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13277       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
13278     // Keep track of the number of named members.
13279     if (FD->getIdentifier())
13280       ++NumNamedMembers;
13281   }
13282 
13283   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
13284   if (Record) {
13285     bool Completed = false;
13286     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
13287       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
13288         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
13289         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
13290                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
13291                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
13292           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
13293 
13294         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
13295           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
13296             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
13297             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13298               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
13299                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
13300           }
13301 
13302           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
13303           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
13304 
13305           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
13306           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
13307           // problem now.
13308           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
13309             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
13310             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
13311 
13312             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
13313                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
13314                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
13315               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
13316                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
13317                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
13318                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
13319                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
13320                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
13321                   continue;
13322 
13323                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
13324                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
13325                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
13326                 //   program is ill-formed.
13327                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
13328                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
13329                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
13330                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
13331                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
13332                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
13333                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
13334                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
13335                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
13336                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
13337 
13338                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
13339               }
13340             }
13341             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
13342             Completed = true;
13343           }
13344         }
13345       }
13346     }
13347 
13348     if (!Completed)
13349       Record->completeDefinition();
13350 
13351     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
13352       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
13353 
13354       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
13355         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
13356                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
13357                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
13358     }
13359 
13360     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
13361     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
13362     // compatibility problems.
13363     bool CheckForZeroSize;
13364     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13365       CheckForZeroSize = true;
13366     } else {
13367       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
13368       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
13369       CheckForZeroSize =
13370           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
13371           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
13372           CXXRecord->isCLike();
13373     }
13374     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
13375       bool ZeroSize = true;
13376       bool IsEmpty = true;
13377       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
13378       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
13379                                       E = Record->field_end();
13380            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
13381         IsEmpty = false;
13382         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
13383           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
13384             ZeroSize = false;
13385         } else {
13386           ++NonBitFields;
13387           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
13388           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
13389               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
13390             ZeroSize = false;
13391         }
13392       }
13393 
13394       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
13395       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
13396       // extern "C" block.
13397       if (ZeroSize) {
13398         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
13399                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
13400                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
13401           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
13402       }
13403 
13404       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
13405       // but are accepted by GCC.
13406       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13407         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
13408                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
13409           << Record->isUnion();
13410       }
13411     }
13412   } else {
13413     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
13414       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
13415     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13416       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
13417       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
13418       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13419         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
13420         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13421       }
13422       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
13423       // duplicates.
13424       if (ID->getSuperClass())
13425         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13426     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13427                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13428       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13429       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13430         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13431         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13432         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13433       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13434       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13435       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13436     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13437                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13438       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13439       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13440       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13441       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13442       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13443       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13444       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13445       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13446         if (IDecl) {
13447           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13448               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13449             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13450                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13451             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13452             continue;
13453           }
13454           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13455             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13456                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13457               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13458                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13459               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13460               continue;
13461             }
13462           }
13463         }
13464         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13465         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13466       }
13467       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13468       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13469     }
13470   }
13471 
13472   if (Attr)
13473     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13474 }
13475 
13476 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13477 /// the given type T.
13478 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13479                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13480                                         QualType T) {
13481   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13482   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13483 
13484   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13485     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13486       --BitWidth;
13487     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13488   }
13489   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13490 }
13491 
13492 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13493 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13494 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13495   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13496   // enum checking below.
13497   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13498   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13499   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13500     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13501   };
13502   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13503     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13504     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13505   };
13506 
13507   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13508   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13509                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13510   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13511     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13512       return Types[I];
13513 
13514   return QualType();
13515 }
13516 
13517 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13518                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13519                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13520                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13521                                           Expr *Val) {
13522   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13523   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13524   QualType EltTy;
13525 
13526   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13527     Val = nullptr;
13528 
13529   if (Val)
13530     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13531 
13532   if (Val) {
13533     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13534       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13535     else {
13536       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13537       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13538           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13539         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13540         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13541         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13542         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13543         ExprResult Converted =
13544           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13545                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13546         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13547           Val = nullptr;
13548         else
13549           Val = Converted.get();
13550       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13551                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13552                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13553         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13554       } else {
13555         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13556           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13557 
13558           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13559           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13560           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13561           // expression checking.
13562           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13563             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13564               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13565               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13566             } else
13567               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13568           } else
13569             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13570         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13571           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13572           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13573           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13574           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13575           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13576           EltTy = Val->getType();
13577         } else {
13578           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13579           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13580           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13581           //   representable as an int.
13582 
13583           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13584           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13585             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13586               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13587               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13588           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13589             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13590             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13591           }
13592           EltTy = Val->getType();
13593         }
13594       }
13595     }
13596   }
13597 
13598   if (!Val) {
13599     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13600       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13601     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13602       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13603       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13604       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13605       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13606       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13607       //
13608       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13609       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13610       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13611         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13612       }
13613       else {
13614         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13615       }
13616     } else {
13617       // Assign the last value + 1.
13618       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13619       ++EnumVal;
13620       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13621 
13622       // Check for overflow on increment.
13623       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13624         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13625         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13626         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13627         //
13628         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13629         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13630         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13631         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13632         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13633         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13634         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13635         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13636           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13637           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13638           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13639           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13640           ++EnumVal;
13641           if (Enum->isFixed())
13642             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13643             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13644               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13645               << EltTy;
13646           else
13647             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13648               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13649         } else {
13650           EltTy = T;
13651         }
13652 
13653         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13654         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13655         // value, then increment.
13656         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13657         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13658         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13659         ++EnumVal;
13660 
13661         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13662         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13663         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13664         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13665         // integral type.
13666         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13667           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13668       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13669                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13670         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13671         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13672           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13673       }
13674     }
13675   }
13676 
13677   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13678     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13679     // enumerator's type.
13680     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13681     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13682   }
13683 
13684   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13685                                   Val, EnumVal);
13686 }
13687 
13688 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
13689                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
13690   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
13691       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13692     return SkipBodyInfo();
13693 
13694   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
13695   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
13696   // skip the body.
13697   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13698                                          ForRedeclaration);
13699   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
13700   NamedDecl *Hidden;
13701   if (PrevECD &&
13702       !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()),
13703                             &Hidden)) {
13704     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
13705     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
13706     return Skip;
13707   }
13708 
13709   return SkipBodyInfo();
13710 }
13711 
13712 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13713                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13714                               AttributeList *Attr,
13715                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13716   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13717   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13718     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13719 
13720   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13721   // we find one that is.
13722   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13723 
13724   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13725   // scope.
13726   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13727                                          ForRedeclaration);
13728   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13729     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13730     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13731     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13732     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13733   }
13734 
13735   if (PrevDecl) {
13736     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13737     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13738     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13739            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13740     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13741       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13742         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13743       else
13744         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13745       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13746       return nullptr;
13747     }
13748   }
13749 
13750   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13751   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13752   // different from T:
13753   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13754   // enumerated type
13755   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
13756     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
13757                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
13758 
13759   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13760     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13761 
13762   if (New) {
13763     // Process attributes.
13764     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13765 
13766     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13767     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13768     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13769   }
13770 
13771   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13772 
13773   return New;
13774 }
13775 
13776 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13777 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13778 // Element2 = Element1
13779 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13780 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13781 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13782 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13783   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13784   if (!InitExpr)
13785     return true;
13786   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13787 
13788   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13789     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13790       return true;
13791     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13792     if (!IL)
13793       return true;
13794     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13795       return true;
13796 
13797     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13798   }
13799 
13800   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13801   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13802   if (!DRE)
13803     return true;
13804 
13805   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13806   if (!EnumConstant)
13807     return true;
13808 
13809   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13810       Enum)
13811     return true;
13812 
13813   return false;
13814 }
13815 
13816 struct DupKey {
13817   int64_t val;
13818   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13819   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13820     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13821 };
13822 
13823 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13824   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13825                 false);
13826 }
13827 
13828 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13829   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13830   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13831   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13832     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13833   }
13834   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13835     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13836            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13837   }
13838 };
13839 
13840 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13841 // a previous element has already been set to.
13842 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13843                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13844                                         QualType EnumType) {
13845   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13846     return;
13847   // Avoid anonymous enums
13848   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13849     return;
13850 
13851   // Only check for small enums.
13852   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13853     return;
13854 
13855   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13856   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13857 
13858   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13859   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13860           ValueToVectorMap;
13861 
13862   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13863   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13864 
13865   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13866   // an initialier.
13867   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13868     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13869 
13870     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13871     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13872     if (!ECD) {
13873       return;
13874     }
13875 
13876     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13877       continue;
13878 
13879     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13880     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13881 
13882     // First time encountering this value.
13883     if (Entry.isNull())
13884       Entry = ECD;
13885   }
13886 
13887   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13888   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13889     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13890     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13891       continue;
13892 
13893     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13894 
13895     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13896     if (Entry.isNull())
13897       continue;
13898 
13899     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13900       // Ensure constants are different.
13901       if (D == ECD)
13902         continue;
13903 
13904       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13905       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13906       Vec->push_back(D);
13907       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13908 
13909       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13910       Entry = Vec;
13911 
13912       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13913       // diagnostics.
13914       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13915       continue;
13916     }
13917 
13918     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13919     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13920     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13921       continue;
13922 
13923     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13924   }
13925 
13926   // Emit diagnostics.
13927   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13928                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13929        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13930     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13931     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13932 
13933     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13934     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13935     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13936       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13937       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13938     ++I;
13939 
13940     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13941     // the same value.
13942     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13943       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13944         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13945         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13946     delete Vec;
13947   }
13948 }
13949 
13950 bool
13951 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13952                         bool AllowMask) const {
13953   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13954   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13955 
13956   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13957   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13958 
13959   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13960   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13961 
13962   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13963   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13964   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13965   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13966   //
13967   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13968   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13969   // likely a logic error.
13970   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13971     return true;
13972 
13973   if (AllowMask) {
13974     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13975     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13976     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13977     // benefit of the doubt.
13978     //
13979     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13980     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13981     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13982     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13983     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13984     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
13985     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
13986     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
13987       return true;
13988   }
13989 
13990   return false;
13991 }
13992 
13993 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13994                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13995                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13996                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13997   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13998   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13999 
14000   if (Attr)
14001     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
14002 
14003   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
14004     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14005       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14006         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14007       if (!ECD) continue;
14008 
14009       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14010     }
14011 
14012     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
14013     return;
14014   }
14015 
14016   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
14017   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
14018   // emit a warning.
14019   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14020   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
14021   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
14022 
14023   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
14024   // reverse the list.
14025   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
14026   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
14027 
14028   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
14029   bool AllElementsInt = true;
14030 
14031   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14032     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
14033       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14034     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14035 
14036     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14037 
14038     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
14039     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
14040       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
14041                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
14042     else
14043       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
14044                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
14045 
14046     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
14047     if (AllElementsInt)
14048       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
14049   }
14050 
14051   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
14052   QualType BestType;
14053   unsigned BestWidth;
14054 
14055   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
14056   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
14057   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
14058   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
14059   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
14060   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
14061   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
14062   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
14063   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
14064   QualType BestPromotionType;
14065 
14066   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
14067   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
14068   // enum definitions.
14069   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
14070     Packed = true;
14071 
14072   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14073     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
14074     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
14075       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
14076     else
14077       BestPromotionType = BestType;
14078 
14079     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
14080   }
14081   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
14082     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
14083     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
14084     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14085     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
14086       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
14087       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14088     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
14089                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
14090       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
14091       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14092     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
14093       BestType = Context.IntTy;
14094       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14095     } else {
14096       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
14097 
14098       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
14099         BestType = Context.LongTy;
14100       } else {
14101         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14102 
14103         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
14104           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
14105         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
14106       }
14107     }
14108     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
14109   } else {
14110     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
14111     // all of the enumerator values.
14112     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
14113     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
14114       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
14115       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14116       BestWidth = CharWidth;
14117     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
14118       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
14119       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
14120       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
14121     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
14122       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
14123       BestWidth = IntWidth;
14124       BestPromotionType
14125         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14126                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
14127     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
14128                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
14129       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
14130       BestPromotionType
14131         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14132                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
14133     } else {
14134       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
14135       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
14136              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
14137       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
14138       BestPromotionType
14139         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14140                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
14141     }
14142   }
14143 
14144   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
14145   if (FEAttr)
14146     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
14147 
14148   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
14149   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
14150   // FlagBits cache.
14151   for (auto *D : Elements) {
14152     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14153     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14154 
14155     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
14156     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
14157     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
14158     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
14159     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
14160 
14161     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
14162     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14163 
14164     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
14165     // the enum decl type.
14166     QualType NewTy;
14167     unsigned NewWidth;
14168     bool NewSign;
14169     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14170         !Enum->isFixed() &&
14171         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
14172       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
14173       NewWidth = IntWidth;
14174       NewSign = true;
14175     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
14176       // Already the right type!
14177       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14178         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14179         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14180         // enumeration.
14181         ECD->setType(EnumType);
14182       goto flagbits;
14183     } else {
14184       NewTy = BestType;
14185       NewWidth = BestWidth;
14186       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
14187     }
14188 
14189     // Adjust the APSInt value.
14190     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
14191     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
14192     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
14193 
14194     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
14195     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
14196         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
14197       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
14198                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
14199                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
14200                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
14201                                                 VK_RValue));
14202     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14203       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
14204       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
14205       // enumeration.
14206       ECD->setType(EnumType);
14207     else
14208       ECD->setType(NewTy);
14209 
14210 flagbits:
14211     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
14212     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
14213     if (FEAttr) {
14214       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
14215       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
14216         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
14217       }
14218     }
14219   }
14220 
14221   if (FEAttr) {
14222     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
14223       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
14224       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
14225 
14226       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
14227       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
14228         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
14229           << ECD << Enum;
14230     }
14231   }
14232 
14233 
14234 
14235   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
14236                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
14237 
14238   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
14239 
14240   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
14241   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
14242     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
14243 }
14244 
14245 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
14246                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
14247                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
14248   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
14249 
14250   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
14251                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
14252                                                    EndLoc);
14253   CurContext->addDecl(New);
14254   return New;
14255 }
14256 
14257 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
14258                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14259                                      DeclContext *DC) {
14260   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
14261     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
14262     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
14263       if (!M->IsExternC) {
14264         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
14265           << M->getFullModuleName();
14266         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
14267         return;
14268       }
14269       break;
14270     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
14271       break;
14272     }
14273     DC = LSD->getParent();
14274   }
14275 
14276   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
14277     DC = DC->getParent();
14278   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
14279     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14280       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
14281     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
14282            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
14283       << DC;
14284   }
14285 }
14286 
14287 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
14288                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
14289                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
14290   Module *Mod =
14291       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
14292                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
14293   if (!Mod)
14294     return true;
14295 
14296   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
14297 
14298   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
14299 
14300   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
14301   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
14302   // silently ignoring the import.
14303   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
14304     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
14305         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
14306   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
14307     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
14308         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
14309 
14310   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
14311   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
14312   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
14313     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
14314     // We need the length to be consistent.
14315     if (!ModCheck)
14316       break;
14317     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
14318 
14319     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
14320   }
14321 
14322   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
14323                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
14324                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
14325                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
14326   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
14327   return Import;
14328 }
14329 
14330 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14331   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14332 
14333   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
14334   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
14335   // implementation detail of us building the module.
14336   //
14337   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
14338   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
14339       TUKind == TU_Module &&
14340       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
14341 
14342   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
14343   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
14344   if (!IsInModuleIncludes) {
14345     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14346     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14347                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
14348                                                      DirectiveLoc);
14349     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14350     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14351   }
14352 
14353   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
14354   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14355 }
14356 
14357 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14358   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14359 
14360   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
14361     VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules));
14362   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14363 }
14364 
14365 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
14366   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
14367 
14368   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
14369     VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back());
14370     VisibleModulesStack.pop_back();
14371     VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
14372   }
14373 }
14374 
14375 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
14376                                                       Module *Mod) {
14377   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
14378   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
14379     return;
14380 
14381   // Create the implicit import declaration.
14382   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
14383   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
14384                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
14385   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
14386   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
14387 
14388   // Make the module visible.
14389   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
14390   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
14391 }
14392 
14393 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14394                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14395                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14396                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
14397                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14398   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
14399                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
14400   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
14401       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
14402 
14403   // If a declaration that:
14404   // 1) declares a function or a variable
14405   // 2) has external linkage
14406   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
14407   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
14408     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
14409       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
14410     else
14411       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
14412           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
14413   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
14414   } else
14415     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
14416 }
14417 
14418 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14419                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14420                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
14421   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
14422 
14423   if (PrevDecl) {
14424     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
14425   } else {
14426     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14427       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
14428         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
14429   }
14430 }
14431 
14432 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
14433                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
14434                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
14435                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
14436                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
14437   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
14438                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
14439   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
14440 
14441   if (PrevDecl) {
14442     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
14443       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
14444         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
14445   } else {
14446     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
14447       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
14448   }
14449 }
14450 
14451 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
14452   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
14453 }
14454 
14455 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
14456   const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
14457   if (!D)
14458     return AR_Available;
14459 
14460   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
14461   // both the availability of the method as well as the
14462   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
14463   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
14464   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
14465   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
14466     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
14467     if (R != AR_Available)
14468       return R;
14469     D = MD->getClassInterface();
14470   }
14471   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
14472   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
14473   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
14474             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
14475     D = ID->getClassInterface();
14476   }
14477   // Recover from user error.
14478   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
14479 }
14480